GOVT.OF INDIA {BHARAT SARKAR} - Northern Railway - Indian ...

570-Sig/PS/Tender/36 

GOVT.OF INDIA 

{BHARAT SARKAR} 

NORTHERN RAILWAY 

SIGNAL & TELECOMMUNICATION 

(CONSTRUCTION) 

UVOLUME-I, II & III 

TENDER DOCUMENT 

FOR 

The work of 

“Provision of block proving with digital axle counter (using UFSBI) and universal axle counter 

for single line and fuses alarm system for relay room fuses in connection with provision of 4 th 

line between Jn.cabin TKD to PWL section and DLI area of Delhi division in Northern 

Railway.”. 

No.570-Sig/PS/Tender/ -36 Dated 24.04.12 

Dy. CHIEF SIGNAL & TELECOMM. ENGINEER (CONST.) 

NORTHERN RAILWAY, DRM, s OFFICE, 

NEW DELHI. 

COPY NO._________ PRICE: Rs. 10000/- 

By post: Rs. 10500/- 

Signature of contractor 1 of pages173 SSTE/C/PS/NDLS


TENDER DOCUMENTS 

INDEX 

TUTENDER NOTICEUT 3-5 

TUTOP SHEETUT 7 

Check List 9 

TUOFFER LETTERUT 10-11 

TUSPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACTUT 13-17 

TUINFORMATION REGARDING PARAS OF 

INSTRUCTIONS TO TENDERERS CHAPTER-I 

VOLUME-IIUT 

18 

TUMEANING OF SIMILAR WORKSUT 19 

TUINFORMATION REGARDING VARIOUS PARAS OF 

CONDITONS OF CONTRACT CHAPTER-2 VOLUME-IIUT 

19 

TUVOL-I, Tender ScheduleUT& Annexure-1A 22-26 

TUVOL-I ANNEXURE –I- List of Materials to be supplied 

by the ContractorUT 

TUVOL-I / ANNEXURE - II- List of Materials to be 

supplied by the RailwaysUT& List of Drawings. 

28 

29-30 

TUVOL-II INSTRUCTIONS TO TENDERER CHAPTER-IUT 32-59 

TUQUALIFICATION CRITERIA AND CREDENTIALS FOR 

SIGNALLING WORKSUT& other information. 

52-59 

TUVOL-II CHAPTER - II CONDITIONS OF CONTRACTUT 60-87 

TUVARIOUS ROFORMA UT 88-105 

TUVOL-III TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS & 

INSTALLATION PRACTICESUT 

108-153 

TUDRAWINGS APPLICABLE IN THIS TENDERUT 154-173 


4P 

P 

floor, 


UNorthern Railway 

Office of DY.CSTE/C/PS/NDLS, 

DRM’s Office Exch.Building, 

4 th Floor, New Delhi. 

TENDER NOTICE 

Dy.C.S.T.E. /Const./PS N.Rly., DRM’ office, New Delhi invites sealed “OPEN TENDERS” for the 

under noted work. 

1 Name of work and location. Provision of block proving with digital axle 

counter (using UFSBI) and universal axle 

counter for single line and fuses alarm system 

for relay room fuses in connection with 

provision of 4 th line between Jn.cabin TKD to 

PWL section and DLI area of Delhi division 

in Northern Railway. 

2 Approximate cost of the work Rs.3.31 Crore 

3 Cost of tender form. Rs.10000/- per set by hand and Rs.10500/- per set by 

post. 

4 Address of the office from where the tender 

form can be purchased. 

The office of CSTE/Const, N.Rly., Baroda House, 

New Delhi or Dy.CSTE/C/PS/NDLS, DRM’s office, 

th 

New Delhi. 

5 Earnest money. 

Rs.315500/- 

6 Completion period of the work. 4 months. 

7 Date, time & place for submission and 

opening of tender. 

8 Detailed Tender Notice & Tender 

document. 

Tenders will be received in the office of 

CSTE/Const, N.Rly., Baroda House, New Delhi as 

well as in the of Dy. CSTE/C/PS, 4 th floor, DRM’s 

office, New Delhi upto 14.30 hrs.on 05.06.2012 and 

will be opened soon there-after simultaneously. 

Can be purchased from above offices or downloaded 

from TUwww.nr.indianrail.gov.in.UT 

TENDER NOTICE No.570-Sig/PS/Tender/36 

(M.P.Sailor) 

Dated: 24/4/12 S.S.T.E./C/PS/NDLS 

For Dy.C.S.T.E./Const./PS/NDLS 

For and on behalf of President of 

India 

Copy to: - 

• The CPRO/NR/SE Road, New Delhi along with 10(Ten) spare copies for publication in various 

leading newspapers. One copy may please be sent to the Editor, Indian Railways, Post Box 

No.467, New Delhi for publication in the magazine. The cost may be debited to aforesaid work. 

Original advertisement published in the various newspapers may please be sent to this office for 

perusal as soon as these are available. 



Northern Railway 

TENDER NOTICE. 

Office of DY.CSTE/C/PS/NDLS, 

DRM’s Office Exch.Building, 

4 th Floor, New Delhi. 

Dy.C.S.T.E. /Const./PS N.Rly., DRM’ office, New Delhi for & on behalf of the ‘President of India’ 

invites sealed “OPEN TENDERS” on prescribed forms for the under noted work/s:- 

S Name of work. 

no 

. 

1. Provision of block proving 

with digital axle counter 

(using UFSBI) and universal 

axle counter for single line 

and fuses alarm system for 

relay room fuses in 

connection with provision of 

4 th line between Jn.cabin 

TKD to PWL section and 

DLI area of Delhi division in 

Northern Railway. 

Approx.cost/E 

arnest money 

3.31 crore 

Rs.315500/- 

Similar nature of 

work/Period of 

completion 

i) “Design, Supply, 

Installation & 

Commissioning of 

Panel Interlocking / 

Route Relay 

Interlocking / 

Automatic Signalling 

/ Electronic 

Interlocking/IBS 

including cable 

laying, trenching, 

casting of 

foundation, erection of 

Signal, erection of 

Lifting Barrier etc. or 

supply installation, 

commissioning of 

signaling work which 

includes supply 

installation and 

commissioning of block 

proving with digital axle 

counter using UFSBI”. 

ii) “OEMs or authorized 

representatives of block 

proving by axle counter 

should participate” to 

ensure adequate 

technical expertise about 

the equipment for 

correct and proper 

handling & trouble free 

installation of the 

system. 

Availability of 

documents/cost of 

tender document. 

05.05.12 to 

04.06.12 

10000/-per set by 

hand & 10500/- 

per set by post. 

4 months 


P 


TENDER WITHOUT EARNEST MONEY WILL BE SUMMARILY REJECTED 

As a proof of technical experience/competence, the tenderer should have Physically completed successfully at 

least one similar single work for a minimum value of 35% of advertised tender value, inclusive of the cost of 

cement and steel, in last three financial years (i.e. Current Year and three Previous Financial years) up to the 

date of opening of the tender. 

“As a proof of Sufficient financial capacity and organizational resources, contractor should have received the 

total payments against satisfactory execution of all completed/on works of all types (not confined to only 

similar works) during the last three financial years and in the current financial year (up to the date of opening 

of the tender) of a value not less than 150% of the advertised cost of work including the cost of cement & steel, 

under Government/Semi-Government organizations”. 

Validity of offer:- 90 days from the date of opening of tender. 

Submission on Tender Documents & opening: The tenders will be received in the office of CSTE/Const, 

N.Rly., Baroda House, New Delhi or in the office of Dy.CSTE/C/PS/NDLS, Northern Railway, DRM’s office, 

New Delhi upto 14.30 hrs.on 05.06.12 and will be opened soon there after simultaneously. 

Further particulars and tender forms can be had from the office of CSTE/Const, N.Rly., Baroda House, New 

Delhi or in the office of Dy.CSTE/C/PS/NDLS, Northern Railway, DRM’s office, New Delhi. The cost of the 

tender documents is non refundable and tender document is not transferable. Request for tender by post must 

accompany demand draft of required cost as mentioned above in favour of FA&CAO/Const, Northern 

Railway, Kashmere Gate, Delhi. 

Tenders duly sealed in the prescribed manner can also be sent through registered post so as to reach in these 

offices not later than date and time specified above. Any tender received after the specified date/time is liable 

to be rejected. 

“JVs/Consortiums/MOUs/Partnership Firms shall not be considered in accordance with approved tender 

conditions”. 

Tender notice is also available on www.nr.indianrail.gov.in. Tender document will be available 

onwww.nr.indianrail.gov.in from the date of sale of tender papers. 

TENDER NOTICE No.570-Sig/PS/Tender/36 

Dated: 24/4/12 

(M.P.Sailor) 

S.S.T.E./C/PS/NDLS 

For Dy.C.S.T.E./Const./PS/NDLS 

For and on behalf of President of India 

Copy to: - 

1. The CPRO/Northern Railway, SE Road, New Delhi for uploading the same on Northern Railway 

web site. 

2. FA&CAO/C, Northern Railway, K.gate, Delhi who is requested to depute accordingly two 

members from Accounts to witness the opening of the above tender, one member in the O/o 

CSTE/C, Baroda House, New Delhi & another member in the O/o Dy.CSTE/C/PS/NDLS, 4P 

Floor, DRM Office New Delhi. 

3. The Divisional Cashier, Northern Railway, Baroda House, New Delhi. 

4. Secy. to CAO/C, K.gate, Delhi for information to CAO/C 

5. The CCPM, N.Rly, New Delhi. 

6. Audit Officer/Const, N.Rly, K.Gate, Delhi. 

7. The DY.CSTE/C/N.Rly, Tilak Bridge (I&II), New Delhi, PS & CW 

8. The Chief Engineer/Const, N.Rly, Kashmere Gate, Delhi. 

9. The Chief Engineer, N.Rly, Baroda House, New Delhi. 

10. The DRMs. N.Rly. NDLS. 

11. Notice board. 

Signature of contractor 5 of pages173 SSTE/C/PS/NDLS 

th


VOLUME-I 

• Preamble along with Schedule of Work and Annexures 

etc. 

• Special Conditions of Contract. 

• Information regarding various paras of Vol-II 



(A) Details to be filled in by Railway: 

TOP SHEET 

1. Tender 

Notice No: 

2. Name of 

work: 

3. Approximate 

cost: 

4. Completion 

Period: 

5. Earnest 

Money: 

6. Date & Time 

of opening: 

7. Place of 

Opening: 

8. Cost of 

tender 

document: 

No.570-Sig/PS/Tender/36 

“Provision of block proving with digital axle counter 

(using UFSBI) and universal axle counter for single line 

and fuses alarm system for relay room fuses in 

connection with provision of 4 th line between Jn.cabin 

TKD to PWL section and DLI area of Delhi division in 

Northern Railway”. 

Rs.3.31 crore (Rs.Three Core & thirty one lacs) 

4 months w. e. f. date of issue of L.O.A. 

Rs.315500/- (Three Lacs fifteen thousand five 

hundred only) 

05.06.2012 Time of submission 1430 hrs. and will 

be opened soon there after simultaneously. 

Office of C.S.T.E/C, Baroda House, New Delhi and 

Dy.CSTE / const / PS DRM’s office, New Delhi. 

Rs. 10000/- per set by hand & Rs. 10500/-per set 

by post. 

9. Sold to: M/s 

10. Details of 

cost: 

M. R. No. --------- Dated. ---------- Rs. ----------- 

issued by Chief / Divisional Cashier (R), Northern 

Railway, Baroda. House, New Delhi. 

(Signatures of authorised Railway official) 

Signatures of Contractor 



(B) Mandatory details to be filled in by tenderer while submitting their offer. 

1. Constitution of the Firm/concern. (Tick as applicable) Sole 

Proprietorship/Partnership 

Firm/Company/JV/Society. 

2. Full name of sole Proprietorship/Partnership 


3. Year of formation/incorporation 

4. Pan No. 

5. Registered office address 

6. Address on which correspondence regarding this tender 

should be done. 

7. Name of the proprietor/partner/JV member etc. 

8. Details of EMD submitted. 

Note:- I) 

ii) 

Special attention of tenderers is drawn to clause 2.4.1 of “Spl.tender condition & 

instruction to tenderers” as per which the tenderer must submit alongwith tender, the 

documents mentioned therein pertaining to constitution of firm/concern. 

Special attention of tenderers is drawn to clause 2.3 of “Spl.tender condition & 

instruction to tenderers” as per which they should submit the requisite documdents 

alongwith tender pertaining to their technical and financial eligibility. 

Signature of the Tenderer 

Name of signatory______ 



CHECK LIST 

1 Have you purchased the Tender Document? Yes / No 

2. Have you submitted Earnest Money? Yes/ No 

3 Have you furnished documents testifying to previous 

experience and financial status? 

4. Have you furnished the constitution of the firm duly attested & 

the power of Attorney? 

5 Have you furnished the documents as required under Para – 2 

“Instructions to Tenderers”? 

6 Have you gone through, qualification criteria and given details 

for each of the items? 

7 Have you enclosed bar chart / pert chart along with your 

tender indicating the completion period of various activities 

and noted to complete the work as per the completion period 

defined? 

Yes/ No 

Yes/ No 

Yes/ No 

Yes/ No 

Yes/ No 

8 Have you 

submitted - 

a) Load calculations for each circuitry for 

arriving at the basis of power 

equipments ratings offered? 

b) Power supply scheme? 

Yes/ No 

Yes/ No 

SIGNATURE & SEAL OF THE 

MANUFACTURER / TENDERER. 



The President of India, 

Acting through 

OFFER LETTER 


TENDER FORM (FIRST SHEET) 

CHIEF SIG. & TELECOM. ENGR. (CONST.), 

NORTHERN RAILWAY,Baroda House, NEW DELHI. 

1. I/We ____________________________________________________ have read the 

various conditions to tender attached here to and hereby agree to abide by the said 

conditions. I/We also agree to keep this tender open for acceptance for a period of 90 

days from the date fixed for opening the same and in default thereof I/We will be 

liable for forfeiture of My/Our Earnest Money. I/We offer to do the work 

“______________________________ 

__________________________________________________________________________ 

__________________________________________________________________________ 

_________________________________________________”for Northern Railway at the 

rates quoted in the attached schedule and hereby bind myself / ourselves to complete 

the work in all respects within (4 months) from the date of issue of letter of 

acceptance of tender. 

2. I/We also hereby agree to abide by the General Condition of Contract-1999 corrected 

up to printed/advance correction slip and to carry out the work according to the 

Special Conditions of Contract and specifications for material and works as laid down 

by the Railway in the annexed Special Conditions/specifications and the Northern 

Railway Works Hand Book corrected up to printed/advance correction slip, for 

Schedule of Rates corrected up to printed/advance correction for the present 

contract. 

3. A sum of Rs.315500/- (Three Lacs fifteen thousand five hundred only). i.e. 

a) 2% for works estimated to cost up to Rs.1 crore) and b) for works estimated to cost 

more than Rs.1 crore – Rs. 2 Lacs plus ½% (half percent) of the excess of the 

estimated cost beyond Rs.1 crore, subject to a maximum of Rs. 1 crore, rounded off 

to nearest Rs. Ten as indicated in Tender Notice is herewith forwarded as Earnest 

Money. The full value of the Earnest Money deposit (EMD) and other dues shall 

stand forfeited without prejudice to any other rights or remedies in case my/our 

tender is accepted and if:- 

a) I/We do not execute the contract documents within Fifteen days after receipt of 

the notice issued by the Railway that such documents are ready and; 

b) I/We do not commence the work within fifteen days after receipt of orders to that effect 

and; 

c) I/We resile from my/our offer or modify the terms and conditions there of in a manner 

not acceptable to Northern Railway during a period of 90 (Ninety) days from date of 

the opening of the tender and; 


U 


d) I/We do not submit a Performance Guarantee (PG) in any of the form as prescribed 

in clause 5.2 of “special tender conditions and instructions to tenderers” amounting to 

5% of Contract Value as per the proforma as prescribed by the Railways, with in 30 

(Thirty) days from the date of issue of letter of acceptance (LOA) or 60 (Sixty) days, if 

the extension of time for submission of PG beyond 30 days and up to 60 days isgiven 

by competent authority alongwith interest @ 15% per annum for the delay beyond 30 

days and up to 60 days from the date of issue of LOA. I/We shall also be debarred 

form participating in re-tender of the above work, in case, I/We failed to submit the 

PG as stipulated above. 

The performance guarantee shall be initially valid up to the stipulated date of 

completion plus 60 days beyond that. In case, the time for completion of work gets 

extended, the contractor shall get the validity of performance guarantee extended to 

cover such extended time of work plus 60 days. Further, in case during the course of 

execution of work, value of contract increases by more than 25% of the contract 

value, an additional Performance Guarantee amounting to 5% (five percent) for the 

excess over the original contract value shall be deposited by the contractor. 

4. The amount of Earnest Money in the form of cash lodged with Chief Cashier, 

Northern Railway, New Delhi vide Cash Receipt No. _______ Dated _______ or 

deposited in the form of Pay Order, Deposit Receipts, Demand Drafts is 

attached. I/We have clearly noted that the Earnest Money will be acceptable in the 

above forms only. 

5. Until a formal agreement is prepared and executed, acceptance of this tender shall 

constitute a binding contract between us subject to modification, as may be 

mutually agreed to between us and indicated in the letter of acceptance of my/our 

offer for this work. 

Dated: 

Signatures of the Tenderer/s 

Address of the Tenderer/s 

Signature of witnesses: 

1. __________________________ 

__________________________ 

__________________________ 

2. __________________________ 

_________________________ 



SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT 



1. NAME OF WORK: 

SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT 

“Provision of block proving with digital axle counter (using UFSBI) and 

universal axle counter for single line and fuses alarm system for relay room 

fuses in connection with provision of 4 th line between Jn.cabin TKD to PWL 

section and DLI area of Delhi division in Northern Railway.”. 

2. “SCOPE OF WORK FOR THE TENDERER”: 

The scope of work involves following activities under running road traffic and rail traffic conditions. 

2.1 Supply of the material as mentioned in the tender schedule. 

2.2 Installation and wiring of arrangements/systems supplied as above. 

2.3 Any other materials/works/arrangements required to be supplied/carried out/made by 

contractor for fixing of track devices, fuse alarm systems and other related activities required 

in connection with above sytems installation. 

2.4 Testing and Commissioning of all the systems supplied for the work of 

“Provision of block proving with digital axle counter (using UFSBI) and 

universal axle counter for single line and fuses alarm system for relay 

room fuses in connection with provision of 4th line between Jn.cabin 

TKD to PWL section and DLI area of Delhi division in Northern 

Railway”. 

2.5 Dismantling and releasing of the old sytems if any as required and asked by site incharge. 

The scope is not exhaustive. For full details please refer to the schedule. 

Note: The contractor shall submit along with his tender documents a tentative scheme as to how the tendered work will be 

executed by him in the time frame. 

2.6 UAFTER COMMISSIONINGU 

i) Supply of 5 copies of completion wiring diagrams on superior quality paper, and one 

set of completion wiring/arrangement diagrams on tracing film properly laminated, 

bound in steel clip jaw file with cushioned cover. 

ii) Software back up of complete set in the form of CDS. 

iii) Above completions must be designed through CAD 

iv) Drawing in A3 & plans in bigger size. 

(The scope is not exhaustive. For full details please refer to the schedule & Ann.IV of Vol.III) 

Note:-The contractor shall submit along with his tender document a tentative scheme as to 

how the tendered work will be executed by him in the time frame. 

3. WORK TO BE DONE BY RAILWAYS 

3.1 Supply of materials as mentioned in UAnnexure-II of Volume-IU, of the tender document. 

3.2 SIP & Typical Wiring Diagram. 

3.3 The Equipment Rooms, Location box etc. shall be made available by Railways. 



3.4 Any other item, which is not covered by the schedule and not required to be supplied by the 

Contractor. 

4. COMPLETION PERIOD 

4.1 Time is the essence of the contract. The entire work under the tender shall have to be 

completed within 4 months from the date of issue of acceptance letter. Item/location wise 

priority for the work to be executed by the contractor shall be given by the Engineer-incharge. 

The following milestones for achieving various targets shall be attempted by the 

contractor: - 

(Date of issue of acceptance letter by the Railways is the D-day) 

i) Date of issue of Letter of Acceptance. D 

ii) Date of signing the contract agreement D+½ month 

iii) Submission of Four Sets each of installation/arrangement plans D+ ½ month 

iv) Approval of above D+1 months 

v) Supply of materials as per tender schedule D+1 ½ months 

vi) Completion of installation and wiring of systems D+2 ½ months 

vii) Testing of entire arrangements D+3 ½ months 

viii) Commissioning of work. D+4 months 

4.2 The contractor shall submit the detailed PERT chart & Bar chart week wise indicating the 

various outdoor and indoor activities separately to achieve the target for completion of the 

entire work within 4 months as per his own assessment. 

5. RAILWAY OFFICERS AND ADRESSES: 

The list of addresses to which correspondence and document relating to the contract should 

be sent are as under: - 

5.1 FOR ALL POLICY CONTRACTUAL AND COMMERCIAL MATTERS: 

• Prior to award of the contract: - DY. Chief Signal & Telecommunication 

Engineer/const/PS, New Delhi. 

• After the award of the contract: -DY. Chief Signal & Telecommunication 

Engineer/const/PS, New Delhi. 

5.2 For security deposit –. DY. Chief Signal & Telecommunication Engineer/const/PS, New 

Delhi. 

Same as ‘5.1’ above. 

5.3 For matters relating to approval of design of the system – Same as 5.1 ’ above. 

5.4 Matters relating to progress of field work – Same as ‘ 5.1 ’ above. 

5.5 Bill passing authority - Same as ‘5.1 ’ above. 

5.6 Bill paying authority –FA& CAO/C, Northern Railway, Kashmere Gate Delhi 

6. QUALIFICATION CRITERIA: 

6.1 Meaning of similar works would be “i) “Design, Supply,Installation &Commissioning of Panel 

Interlocking /Route Relay interlocking / Automatic Signalling/ Electronic Interlocking/IBS 

including cable laying, trenching, casting of foundation, erection of Signal, erection of Lift 

Barrier etc. or supply installation, commissioning of signaling work which includes supply 

installation and commissioning of block proving with digital axle counter using UFSBI”. 



ii) “OEMs or authorized representatives of block proving by axle counter should participate” 

to ensure adequate technical expertise about the equipment for correct and proper handling & 

trouble free installation of the system. 

7. ACCEPTANCE OF TENDERS 

If the tenderer(s) deliberately gives wrong information/who’s Credentials/ documents in 

his/their tenders and thereby create(s) circumstances for acceptance of his/their tender, 

Railway reserves the right to reject such tender at any stage, besides, shall suspend the 

Business for One Year. 

8. SCHEDULE OF ITEMS & QUANTITIES: 

The schedule of items & quantities is given as Annexure –“1A” in Vol.- I. 

i. Total no of schedules - One in 05 pages as Annexure– “1A” 

ii. Schedules based on SOR - Nil 

iii. Schedules based on NON-SOR - All items 

9. MATERIAL TO BE SUPPLIED BY RAILWAYS: 

9.1 List of the materials to be supplied by the Railways is as given in Annexure – II of Volume-I 

of Tender Document. The materials required by the Contractor from Railways as per 

schedule shall be supplied from the store of Section Engineer/Sig./ C/Store/ Nangloi or 

from other stores/work shop in Delhi NCR. In exceptional case material may be supplied 

from other than depot mentioned above 

10. MATERIAL TO BE SUPPLIED BY THE CONTRACTOR: 

List of the materials to be supplied by the Contractor is as given in Annexure–I of Volume-I 

of Tender Document. The material by the contractor shall be supplied to SSE/ 

Sig./Const/Store/NNO, New Delhi and will be further transported to site by the contractor 

as required OR at site as per instructions of site in charge. 

11. In terms of the Clause 32 of GCC of May 99 the materials & plants brought by the 

contractor on the site or land occupied by the contractor in c.w. the works and 

intended to be used for execution thereof shall immediately, they are brought upon the 

sites of this said land be deemed to be the property of the Railway. Vehicles, 

equipments, plant and machinery of the contractor can be drafted by the Railway 

administration at their discretion in case of accident, natural calamities involving 

human lives, breaches, stoppage of train operations or any contingencies, which 

requires such requisitioning as essential. The decision in this regards of the Engineer 

Incharge or his superiors i.e. Sr. Engineer/Executive Engineer/Dy. Chief Engineer etc. 

Shall be final and beyond theambit of arbitration clauses i.e. exception clauses i.e. 

exception to arbitration clauses. 



a) In terms of the clause no. 2.5.6 tenderer is required to submit the list of 

equipment, machinery, construction tool and plant available/deployed at site. 

The successful tenderer on receipt of acceptance letter and conveying their 

consent, shall submit name, address, telephone number, fax number/E-Mail 

address of the persons to be contacted for requisitioning the above item as 

detailed in for-going clause 12 and notify from time to time if any change in the 

list of equipments/machinery or the addresses /individuals to the Engineer In 

charge in writing. The name and an address, telephone numbers and the 

contractor officials name shall also be displayed at the site of work. 

b) The manpower, consumable items and maintenance of the above tools & plants 

when requisitioned shall be the responsibility of the tenderer/contractor so that 

the equipments, machinery, tools & plants shall be available for effective 

utilization at the accident sites, natural calamities, breaches sites etc. 

c) The hire charges per annum shall be calculated at the following rates on the 

purchase cost of the plant as under:- 

(i) Depreciation charges at the following rates: - 

a) Light plant 16% per annum. 

b) Heavy plant 10% per annum. 

c) Special plant 6% per annum. 

(ii) An additional 10% on the total of (i) above to meet contingencies 

(iii) 

(iv) 

(v) 

(vi) 

10% contractor profit on total cost as detailed (i) to (ii). 

The hire charges per day shall be arrived at dividing the annual hire 

charges of total of (i) to (iii) above by 365, which shall be the assumed 

number of working days in year for this purpose. These hire charges will be 

payable from the day the plant is handed over to the Railway to date on 

which it is returned to the contractor by Railway. 

The contractor manpower charges shall be payable @ minimum wages as 

notified by the State Govt. /Local bodies/Labour deptt. as the case may be 

for highly skilled, semi skilled, personal drafted for operating the plant 

and machinery. 

The payments for the fuel cost shall be paid on the basis of the actual 

expenditure incurred by the contractor for purchases+10% contractor’s 

profit thereof, which will be the payments towards his miscellaneous 

expenses too. 

12. ANNEXURE TO THE SCHEDULES SPECIFICATION & DRAWING 

The specification & drawings are mentioned in the item of the schedule in brief and details 

of specifications of the items are mentioned in the Volume – III. Other drawings indicated in 

the schedule are enclosed with the tender as Annexure – III in Volume – I. 

13. RELEASED MATERIALS: 

13.1 The materials released if any on account of installation of new gears /equipments shall be 

returned to the store of S.S.E/Sig/Store/NNO or to the Store Depot of Northern Railway, as 

per instruction of site Engineer by the contractor at his own expenses. 

13.2 A joint survey is required to be done with Railway’s representative and report must be 

submitted to the controlling officer in duplicate before dismantling work is taken in hand. 

13.3 Unless or otherwise specified the rates covers the cost of tools and plants, ladders, 

scaffoldings and all other equipments required for dismantling. 

13.4 Unless otherwise specified, the rates includes leading of material up to the store of Sr. Sec 

Engineer/Sig/ store/ NNO and /or Dy.CMM/ Shakurbasti, the Store Depot of Northern 

Railway, stacking dismantled material in the store as required specially item wise. 



14. JVs/Consortiums/MOUs/Partnership firm shall not be considered in accordance with 

approved tender conditions. 

15. SPECIAL SITE CONDITION: 

The work to be done at “Provision of block proving with digital axle counter (using 

UFSBI) and universal axle counter for single line and fuses alarm system for relay room 

fuses in connection with provision of 4 th line between Jn.cabin TKD to PWL section and 

DLI area of Delhi division in Northern Railway.”. 

16. All outdoor circuits shall be designed and work shall be executed to suit RE area. All the material to be 

supplied by the contractor should also conform to suit the RE area. Wherever any RDSO spec./drg. are 

mentioned it automatically includes “with latest amendment/revision” whether specifically mentioned or 

not in the schedule of works. 

17. “All payments in respect of the contract during the currency of the contract shall be made through 

National Electronic Fund Transfer (NEFT) or Real Time Gross Saving (RTGS). The successful tenderer 

on award of contract must submit RTGS/NEFT Mandate form complete in all respects as detailed an 

annexure-J of the tender document. However, if the facility of RTGS/ NEFT is not available at a 

particular location, the payments shall be made by cheque. In such cases the successful tenderer on 

award of contract will have to furnish contractor’s Bank Account Numder and Name of the Bank against 

which all payments in respect of the contract during the currency of the contract shall be made”. 



INFORMATION REGARDING PARAS OF INSTRUCTIONS TO TENDERERS 

CHAPTER-1 VOLUME–II 

1. Para 1.1 Sale of Tender forms (date) 

Tender documents can be obtained from the office of C.S.T.E./C/Baroda House, New Delhi 

or Dy.Chief Signal & Telecom Engineer/ Const /PS Northern Railway, DRM’s office, New 

Delhi from any working day between 10.30 hrs. to 15.00 hrs. from 05.05.12 to 04.06.12. 

Para 1.1(a): - Cost of Tender documents 

Tender documents are available on Northern Railway website i.e. www.nr.indianrail.gov.in 

and the same can be down loaded and used as tender document for submitting the offer. 

This facility is available free of cost. However the cost of Tender document will have to be 

deposited by the tenderer in the form of a bank draft payable in favour of FA&CAO/C, 

Northern Railway, Kashmere Gate, Delhi along with the tender document. This should be 

paid separately and not included in the earnest money. In case tender is not accompanied 

with the cost of the tender document as detailed above, tender will be summarily rejected. 

Para 1.1(b): -Applicable for tender documents down loaded from Internet. 

Tenderers are free to down load tender documents at their own risk and cost for the purpose 

of perusal as well as for using the same as tender document for submitting their offer. 

Master copy of the tender document will be available in the office of 

Dy.CSTE/Const./Northern Railway, New Delhi. After award of work an agreement will be 

drawn up. The agreement shall be prepared based on master copy available in the office of 

Dy.CSTE/Const./Northern Railway, New Delhi and not based on the tender documents 

submitted by the tenderer. In case any discrepancy between the tender documents down 

loaded from Internet and the master copy, later shall prevail and will be binding on 

tenderers. No claim on this account will be entertained. 

2. Para 1.3 Submission of tenders (date & Time): 

Complete offers, as single packet system shall be submitted so as to reach not later than 

14.30 hrs. on 05.06.12 in the office of CSTE/Const., Northern Railway, Baroda House, New 

Delhi or Dy.CSTE/Const./PS,DRM’s office, New Delhi. 

3. Para 1.4. Opening of tenders (date & Time): 

Tenders in case of single packet system shall be opened soon there after simultaneously 

on 05.06.12 in the office of CSTE/Const., Northern Railway, Baroda House, New Delhi and 

Dy.CSTE/Const./PS,DRM’s office, New Delhi. 

4. Para 1.5. Validity of offer: 

Offer shall be kept valid for 3 months from the date of opening of the tender and further 

extendable if required on advise of Railway. 

5. Para 2.2.1 Earnest Money: 

Tender must be accompanied by a sum of Rs. 315500/- as Earnest Money 

5.1 Para 2.2.2 Earnest Money: 

The Earnest Money of the requisite amount referred to in clause above is required to be 

deposited either in cash with the Chief Cashier, Northern Railway, Delhi on any working day 

before 1200 hrs. on________ or in any of the following forms. 



5.2 Para 2.2.2 (a), (b) & (c) Earnest Money: 

1. Deposit receipts, Pay Orders and Demand Drafts. These forms of Earnest Money could be either 

of State Bank of India or any of the nationalized banks or by a scheduled bank. No confirmatory 

advice from Reserve Bank of India will be necessary. 

2 The above instrument should be pledged in favour of Dy. FA&CAO /Const./ FA &CAO/Const,, 

Northern Railway, Kashmere Gate, Delhi. 

3 The official cash a receipt having a mention of the firm/individual who has deposited the cash or 

the Deposit Receipts, Pay Order or Demand Draft as mentioned above, as the case may be, is to 

be attached with the tender, failing which, tender will be summarily rejected. 

NOTE 

i) Tenders submitted with Earnest Money in any form other than those specified above shall 

not be considered. 

ii) Any request for recovery from outstanding bills for Earnest Money against present tender 

will not, under any circumstances be entertained. 

5.3 Para 2.6.5 - The similar work in this case would mean i)“Design, supply, installation and 

commissioning of panel interlocking/Route relay interlocking/Automatic signaling/Electronic 

interlocking/IBS including cable laying, trenching, casting of foundation, erection of signal, 

erection of lifting barrier etc. or supply installation, commissioning of signaling work with 

includes supply, installation & commissioning of block proving with digital axle counter using 

UFSBI” 

ii) “OEMs authorized representative of block proving by axle counter should participate 

to ensure adequate technical expertise about the equipment for correct and proper 

handling and trouble free installation of the system”. 

5.4 Para 2.4 (d) & (e)- JVs/Consortiums/MOU/Partnership firms shall not be considered in 

accordance with approved tender conditions. 

6.0 UINFORMATION REGARDING VARIOUS PARAS OF CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT 

CHAPTER-2 VOLUME-II 

Para 21.1 Supply of materials: 

All the required materials to be supplied by Railways for execution of the work shall be made 

available to the Contractor at the store of Sr. Section Engineer/Sig./C/Store/NNO New 

Delhi. These materials are to be transported to the site of work by Contractor and balance 

material including released materials after completion of work, if any, shall also be 

transported back to the store of Sr. Section Engineer/Sig./C/Store/NNO New Delhi 

AND/OR Dy COS/SSB (Store Depot), Northern Railway, New Delhi, by Contractor at his own 

expenses. 

Para 21.2 Supply of Materials by Contractor: 

The materials by the Contractor shall be supplied in the store of SSE /Sig/ Store / N.Rly, 

NNO, New Delhi and will be further transported to site by the contractor as required or to 

SE/SSE/Const. at site as per instructions of the Engineer at site. 

a. Para 2.1 (performance guarantees bond) 

Performance guarantee bond 5%per as per para 2.1 shall be applicable for this tender. 

b. Security Deposit: 

1) Para 2.2.1 Chapter II 

The security deposit/rate of recovery/mode of recovery on acceptance of tender shall be as 

under: 



a) Security deposit for each work will be 5% of the contract value. 

b) The rate of recovery will be at the rate of 10% of the bill amount till the full security 

deposit is recovered. The total security deposit recoverable from a contractor 

including the amount of earnest money deposited with the tender as given in clause 

above will not exceed the security amount recoverable at the rate mentioned above. 

c) For works less than 50 crore, Security deposit will be recovered from the running 

bills of the contract and the other mode of collecting SD such as SD in the form of 

instruments like BG, FD etc. shall not be accepted towards security deposit. 

The security deposit shall be forfeited when ever the contract is rescinded. The security 

deposit unless forfeited in whole or in part according to the terms and conditions shall be 

released to the contractor. Only after the expiry of the maintenance period and after passing 

the final bill based on no claim certificate. Thus before releasing the SD, an unconditional 

and unequivocal no claim certificate from the contractor concerned should be obtained. The 

competent authority should issue the certificate regarding the expiry of the maintenance 

period and passing of the final bill based on no claim certificate. The competent authority 

shall normally be the authority who is competent to sign this contract. If the competent 

authority is of the rank lower than JA grade than a JA grade officer(concerned with the 

work) should issue the certificate. 

After the work is physically completed, security deposit recovered in cash from the running 

bill of the contractor can be returned to him, if he so desires, in lieu of FDR/irrevocable 

Bank Guarantee for equivalent amount valid for the maintenance period + 60 days to be 

submitted by him. The various instruments as listed for performance Guarantee will be 

acceptable for the purpose. This facility is subject to the issue of the physically completion 

certificate as envisaged in para 5.2© 

2 Para No. 24. Indemnity bond & standing bank guarantee against 

Materials supplied to Contractor: 

The standing bank guarantee is to be submitted for Rs. 1.0 Lac (Rupees One Lac) for 

materials supplied by the Railways (on form no.4). 

3 Para 45.5 Price Variation Clause: 

Price Variation Clause is applicable in this tender. 

4 Para 45.3 Ceiling for Price variation: 

No maximum value for the price variation is prescribed. 

5 Para 46 Advances: 

Mobilization advance as per Para 46.2 and advances against machinery and plant as per 

Para 46.3 are not applicable in this tender. 

7.0 Para 12: Sales Tax/Turn over Tax/Local tax, etc. 

Sales tax including turn over tax on works contract, octroi, royalty, toll tax, local tax, 

Duties/ Levies as well as services and any other tax levied by central govt., state govt. or 

local bodies, as applicable on the date of quoting the rates and any change there -in at a 

later date, shall be considered to be included in the rates quoted by Tenderer/s in the 

Tender Schedule. 

Railways shall deduct the sales tax/Turn Over Tax or any other tax from the Contract’s bill 

at the rate as applicable as per rules framed by concerned Govt./ Local bodies from time to 

time and remit it to concerned deptt. And shall issue a certificate regarding 

Tax/Duties/Levies so deducted on demand by the contractor. 



VOL –I, ANNEXURE-1A- Tender Schedule 



UAnnexure 1-A 

Name of Works :- Provision of Block Proving with Digital Axel counter (using UFSBI ) and Universal Axel 

counter for single line & Fuses alarm system for Relay Room fuses in connection with provision of 4th Line 

between Junction Cabin (TKD) to Palwal Section and DLI area of DLI division in Northern Railway. 

Item 

no. 

Description Unit Qty. Rate in 

fig. 

Rate in 

words. 

Amount 

A 

Digital Axel counter 

1.0 Supply, installation and 

commissioning of Digital axle counter 

for block proving as per RDSO 

specn.no. RDSO/SPN/188/ 2004 

with latest amendments for single line 

operation each set consisting of the 

following items:- 

a) Universal fail safe block intefrace 

(RDSO/SPN/147/2005 with latest 

amendments-2 nos.) 

b) SM's panel (RDSO/S/32019- 

Tentative) - 2 nos. 

c) Relay Rack with locking & sealing 

arrangements duly wired (as per 

RDSO/S/32020-Tentative) -2 nos. 

d) Relays (1) QNI-42 nos. (2) QNAI-12 

nos. (3) QT.1-4 nos. (4) Timer-2 nos. 

e) Block Telephone -2 nos. 

Set 16 

Note:Relay fixing and wiring materials 

(16 strand 0.02 mm flexible wire) i.e. 

Relay bases along with contacts to be 

supplied by the contractor. 

f Single section Digital axle counter 

system as per RDSO spec.no. RDSO/ 

SPN/177/2005 (VER. 2) with Amndt 1 

or latest & Each set consists of 

i) High Frequency Txcoil and Rx coil = 2 

sets 

ii) Mounting accessories for Rail contact. 

iii) Track side digital axle counter unit - 

2nos. 

iv) clamp with deflector plates and 

hardware etc.= 4 sets 

v) 24 v, 1000 ohms, 6F/6B, q type relay= 

4 nos. 

vi) Reset box - 2nos. ` 

vii) 

Screw less cage clamp connection 

type terminals - 2 input 2 output (32 

way configuration) 3 nos. 



Item 

no. 

viii) 

B 


fig. 

Screw less cage clamp connection 

type terminals - 1 input 1 output - 100 

nos. 

Note : It should also consist of any 

other item /card /connectors as per 

latest guidelines required for proper 

functioning of the equipment. The 

tenderer must produce Precommissioning 

check list certified by 

OEM for satisfactory performance of 

the system of provision of block 

proving by digital axle counter 

BPAC with Universal Axel Counter 

Rate in 

words. 

Amount 

2.0 Supply of Axle counter based block 

instrument for single line blcok 

working complete as per RDSO 

Drg.no.S-32010 with latest 

modifications consiting of the 

following. 

i) SM's panels for both ends along 

with suitable length of coupling cable 

with couplers from relay room to panel 

room. 

ii) Multiplexer for both ends complete 

with transmiter/receiver,combiner / 

converter etc. 

iii) Pre wired Relay and Multiplexer 

rack along with Relay bases etc. for 

both ends. 

(Note: The prewired multiplexer racks 

shall be inspected by RDSO.) 

iv) Two EJB 4W/2W suitable for axle 

counter block working. 

vi)Universal Axle counter system (2 

detection type) along with One EJB 

4W/4W 

2.1 Supply of Transmitter coil with 10 

mtr.cable for axle counter system. 

2.2 Supply of Receiver coil with 10 

mtr.cable for axle counter system. 

2.3 Supply of 4W/4W Electronic junction 

box complete for universal Axel 

counter with coupler for CEL make 

Axle counter block equipment 

Set 5 

No. 10 

No. 10 

No. 10 



Item 

no. 


fig. 

Rate in 

words. 

Amount 

2.4 Supply of 4W/2W Electronic 

junction box complete (JB-534) for 

universal Axel counter with coupler 

for CEL make Axle counter block 

equipment (Excluding hardware) 

suitable for Block Equipment Drg No. 

S-32001. 

No. 10 

2.5 Installation of axle counter 

evaluator, Multiplexer convertor on 

suitable bolts grouted on 

70x60x15cm (Approx) CC platform 

for each or on 4Nos. std. design 

tripods for each with std. insulation 

on same, SM's Block Panel on 

suitable angle Iron table with ply & 

sunmica top (to be supplied by the 

contractor). Supply & installation of 

standard CT rack, Supply & fixing of 

necessary fixures, MS flats, angles, 

6mm Hylum sheet, 8way PBT strips 

conforming to Drg. No.SA-24811, 

spec. no. IRS-S-79/92 or latest, bus 

bars, fuse blocks with fuse links. 

Block 

Section 

5 

Supply and fixing of Crone or similar 

type weatherproof DP provided with 

suitable locking arrangement.(50 

pair, 2Nos. per station) in SM's room 

suitably mounted on walls, Supply & 

fixing of MS ladder (150mm X 3mm) 

between CT rack/Mux./Evaulator/in 

existing relay room, supply & fixing of 

HDPE pipe with elbows and T joints 

between Mux. and evalutors, 

between SM's room Panel & DP on 

the wall, termination of CT rack side 

cables & SM's panel, coupler cables 

in the DP box with lugs, re-plastering 

of floor/walls to the original condition, 

drilling holes in the Hylum sheets to 

bring cable cores on 8 way strips/M6 



Item 

no. 


fig. 

terminals, supply & fixing of suitable 

width MS ladder adjacent toCT rack 

(as cable rising ladder), bringing the 

Cables UP/Dn. through the ladder to 

CT rack, termination of the cable 

through hylum sheet holes with 

suitable lugs, dressing / bunching of 

cables, supply and fixing of 200 way 

tag blocks or 2nos. 96 way tag blocks 

to drg. Nos SA-24751 or latest in the 

existing relay room, fixing of relay 

bases, complete wiring in the Axle 

counter room/SM's office/ App. 

Casses, up to 200/96-way 

tag blocks in the existing relay room 

as per the wiring diagram to complete 

the circuits to commission Axle 

counter block system as per Drg. No.- 

S 32010 with latest modification. 

0.6mm wire shall be used for wiring on 

tag blocks and relay bases of metal to 

metal relays and 1.0mm wire shall be 

used for metal to carbon relays and 

other wirings. Wiring modifications in 

the existing relays racks up to 200way 

tag blocks(existing relay room side) is 

covered separately. Indoor cables of 

required types/cores, twin twisted 

screened/ shielded cable, wires, 

connectors, lugs, nuts, bolts, soldering 

materials etc. shall be supplied by the 

contractor.Drawing the indoor cables 

from CT racks to SM's panel room 

through suitable MS ladder/PVC/ 

HDPE pipes shall be done by the 

contractor with his own labour and 

materials such as indoor Cables, MS 

ladder, PVC pipe, HDPE pipe & 

sundry, fixing materials. 

However, where signalling / Telecom 

Cables (armoured) are required to be 

laid either due to being laid under 

ground (in the non building area ) or 

due to distance considerations (inside 

the building) the same will be supplied 

by the Railways. Drawing / laying of the 

same shall be done by the Contractor with 

his own labour & materials such as MS 

ladder, PVC pipe, HDPE pipe & sundry 

fixing materials as required at site. The 

MS ladder/racks etc. shall be insulated 

suitably. 

Rate in 

words. 

Amount 



Item 

no. 


fig. 

Relays, Power equipments including 

batteries shall be supplied by railways. 

Axle counter evaluator with 4W/2W 

EJBs for outdoor location, track 

device, DC/DC convertor, deflectors 

etc. shall be supplied by the Railways. 

(Supply of Power eqpt, 4W/2W EJB 

for MUX, converter covered 

seperately in the schedule) 

Rate in 

words. 

Amount 

2.6 Installation of track devices, 

Electronic Jn. Boxes in the 

apparatus case, termination of cable 

and wiring for the same.This also 

includes supply of PVC helical pipes, 

HDPE Pipes with elbows, T-joints and 

laying at 0.8m depth, etc. for taking 

Track device cable to apparatus case 

and terminating with suitable lugs and 

wiring. Provision and fixing of teak 

wook plank, hylum sheet, ARA 

terminals, fuses etc. will be done by 

the Rlys. 

2.7 Adjustment, testing and 

commissioning of axle counter 

block system. 

C 

Fuses alarm system 

3.0 Design, fabrication , supply and 

instalation,wiring,testing and 

commissioning of fuses alarm system 

of varios type fuses with automatic 

changeover system along with audio 

visual indication as per specification 

given in annexure VII. One module 

should be able to cater 16 no.of fuses 

as per satisfaction of site engineer. 

Note- only PVC cable ,wires and tag 

block if required,shall be supply by 

Railway 

TOTAL 

Nos. 10 

Block 

Sec. 

5 

No. 90 



UAnnexure-1A 

1. In case tender document have been down loaded from Internet, para 1.1a 

gone through carefully before tendering. 

2. Tenderer may please note that the above schedule includes anything and 

every thing required for the efficient and safe functioning of the system. The 

offer shall include: 

a) Exothermic weld joints as per RDSO specifications for track circuit 

connections with rail shall be used to improve reliability of track circuit, 

wherever necessary. 

b) Cement shall be of ISI mark. Although year of specification is given in the 

schedule, latest amendment, if any shall apply, includes supply of minor 

material & accessories the cost of which is to be included in the layout 

charges of the concerned item. 

TECHNICAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT FOR “Provision of block proving with 

digital axle counter (using UFSBI) and universal axle counter for single line and fuses alarm 

system for relay room fuses in connection with provision of 4 th line between Jn.cabin TKD to 

PWL section and DLI area of Delhi division in Northern Railway.”. 

1.0 General: 

The work is to be done at Palwal,Asaoti, Piyala, Ballabhgarh,New Faridabad Town,Faridabad and 

Jn.cabin Tughlakabad station i.c.w.Provision of block proving with digital axle counter (using 

UFSBI) and universal axle counter for single line and fuses alarm system for relay room 

fuses in connection with provision of 4 th line between Jn.cabin TKD to PWL section and 

DLI area of Delhi division in Northern Railway ” to suit RE under train working conditions by 

providing panel, arrangements/circuit designing, laying of cable, provision of connections etc. in the 

block section/station yard. Palwal,Asaoti, Piyala,Ballabhgarh,New Faridabad Town,Faridabad and 

Jn.cabin Tughlakabad station is situated on DLI-MTJ section of Northern Railway of DLI division. 

1.1 Existing system of working and local conditions: 

1.1.1 Palwal,Asaoti, Piyala,Ballabhgarh,New Faridabad Town,Faridabad and Jn.cabin Tughlakabad 

station is situated on DLI-MTJ section of Northern Railway of DLI division is to be situated on 

double line Electrified route between NDLS-MTJ section. In stations yards, 

DC track circuits have been provided for determining the occupancy and 

clearance of the track. 

1.2 Technical conditions & Requirements: 

1.2.1 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS: 

The equipment should be fully tropicalised and it is required to perform the 

conditions as they exist on date, in addition to fulfilling the relevant clauses of 

environment vibration caused due to train operation. 

1.3 Work to be done by Railways at Palwal,Asaoti, Piyala,Ballabhgarh,New Faridabad 

Town,Faridabad and Jn.cabin Tughlakabad station is situated on DLI-MTJ section of Northern 

Railway of DLI division station Co-ordination with other departments for connecting field 

equipments with Rails. 

1.3.1 Supply of approved wiring diagrams. 

1.3.2 Provision of space in existing relay room/relay hut for housing racks & other 

equipments. 

1.3.3 Provision of space in existing ASM office for housing panel. 



VOL– I / ANNEXURE –I 

List of Materials to be supplied by the Contractor at “Provision of block proving with digital 

axle counter (using UFSBI) and universal axle counter for single line and fuses alarm system 

for relay room fuses in connection with provision of 4 th line between Jn.cabin TKD to PWL 

section and DLI area of Delhi division in Northern Railway.”. 

1 Digital axle counter set complete with Hardware fittings. 

2 Block Interface modem. 

3 SM’s panel with couplers and coupler cables. 

4 Racks, cables, connectors, wiring materials etc required for installation and not covered in 

schedule. 

5 Block telephone. 

6 16x0.02 wire & relay connectors including soldering material. 

7 Screened/Shilded wire for connections. 

8 Cement, ballast and sand required for foundation if any. 

9 HDPE pipes/ other protective arrangments for track divices etc. 

AND 

ANY OTHER MATERIAL NOT APPEARING IN THE ABOVE LIST BUT MENTIONED IN THE 

SCHEDULE OF WORK AND WHICH ARE NOT TO BE SUPPLIED BY RAILWAY. 



UVOL – I/ANNEXURE – II 

UList of materials to be supplied by Railways to the Contractor. 

S.No. 

Name of material 

1 Signalling Cable if required 

2 Location Boxes for installation of field gears. 

3 Provision of Power supply arrangements. 

4 Provision of earthing. 

Any other material required for completion of the work, which is not covered in 

schedule and not required to be supplied by contractor. 

The materials required by the Contractor from Railways as per schedule shall be 

supplied from the store of Sr. Sec. Engineer/Sig/Const/NNO/New Delhi or any 

SSE/Sig/C/Store of Delhi Area. In case of emergent needs the material may be 

supplied from store of Ambala/ Ludhiana/ Jullandhar/ Lucknow without any extra 

transportation cost. 



VOL I - ANNEXURE – III 

List of drawings applicable in the tender 

SN NAME OF DRAWING DRAWING NUMBER 

1 RCC pipe under track crossing, Trenching 

& laying of cables. 

NR/S&T/CON/1.2/97 & 

1.1/97-A 

2 Brick Masonry channel. NR/S&T/CON/1.1/97 

3 Cable marker. NR/S&T/CON/1.5/97-A 

4 Foundation for single App.case. NR/S&T/CON/2.7/97 

5 Foundation for half App.case. NR/S&T/CON/2.8/97 

6 G. I. pipes on Culverts. NR/S&T/CON/1.4 / 97 

7 Earth Electrode G. I. pipe. NR/S&T/CON/6.3/97 

8 CC Enclosure for Earth Electrode. NR/S&T/CON/6.4/97 

9 Relay Rack Assembly. NR/S&T/CON/4.3/97-A 

10 Cable Termination Board with bakelite 

sheet & M-6 Terminals. 

NR/S&T/CON/4.1/97/A 




SIGNAL & TELECOMMUNICATION (CONSTRUCTION) 

VOLUME-II 

INSTRUCTIONS TO TENDERER 

& 

CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT 



NAME OF WORK: As given in Volume-I 

1.0 TENDER NOTICE 

CHAPTER 1 

INSTRUCTIONS TO TENDERERS 

The CSTE/Const., N.Rly., Baroda House/ Dy.CSTE (Const) /SSTE(Const.) (refer Volume-I) invites for and on 

behalf of the President of India sealed tenders for the above work. 

1.0.1 The General Conditions of Contract, Special Conditions of the Contract, Instructions to Tenderers, Technical 

Specifications/Supplement, Preamble including Schedule of Work including all Annexures and Forms as given in 

Volume –I, II and III shall hereafter be referred to “TENDER DOCUMENTS”. 

1.0.2 TENDER DOCUMENTS 

The goods and services required bidding procedure and contract terms are prescribed in the tender documents. 

Volume-I 

i. Preamble along with schedule of work and annexures, drawings etc. 

ii. Special Conditions of Contract. 

Volume-II 

(i) Instructions to tenderers - Chapter-I 

(ii) Conditions of Contract - Chapter-2 

(iii) Tender Forms and Annexures etc. 

Volume-III: 

Technical Supplement along with technical Instructions, specifications and Drawings etc. for the scope of the work 

included in this tender. 

Miscellaneous: 

G.C.C. and IRS conditions of contract for the stores department with up to date modifications (CCSS) will be 

applicable. 

1.0.3 If the Tender submitted by a tenderer is accepted and the contract awarded to the Tenderer the various works coming 

under purview of the contract shall be governed by tender documents mentioned above. 

1.1 SALE OF TENDER FORMS 

Tender documents can be obtained from the office of CSTE/(Const.), N.Rly., Baroda 

House/Dy.CSTE(Const.)/SSTE(const.) (refer Vol-I) from dates as mentioned in Volume-I after depositing an amount 

as specified in volume-I with the Chief Cashier, Northern Railway, (place as mentioned in volume-I) on any working 

day from 10.30 hours to 15.00 hrs. Bidders desirous of obtaining tender documents by post can at their own risk of 

loss or delay in transit, obtain the tender document by post through a written request to the CSTE 

(Project)/CSTE(Const.)/Dy.CSTE(Const.) /SSTE(Const.).(refer Vol.I) along with non-refundable amount as specified 

in volume-I in the form of Banks Draft drawn in favour of FA&CAO/C, Northern Railway, Kashmere Gate, Delhi-6 

as indicated in volume-I. Any clarification required by the tenderer may be obtained from the office of Dy.Chief 

Signal & Telecom Engineer/Const., Northern Railway, New Delhi. 

Para 1.1(a): - Cost of Tender documents 

Tender documents are available on Northern Railway website i.e. www.nr.indianrail.gov.in. and the same can be 

down loaded and used as tender document for submitting the offer. This facility is available free of cost. However the 

cost of Tender document will have to be deposited by the tenderer in the form of a bank draft payable in favour of 

FA&CAO/C, Northern Railway, Kashmere Gate, Delhi along with the tender document. This should be paid 



separately and not included in the earnest money. In case tender is not accompanied with the cost of the tender 

document as detailed above, tender will be summarily rejected. 

Para 1.1(b): -Applicable for tender documents down loaded from Internet. 

Tenderers are free to down load tender documents at their own risk and cost for the purpose of perusal as well as for 

using the same as tender document for submitting their offer. Master copy of the tender document will be available in 

the office of Dy.CSTE/C/PS/NDLS. After award of work an agreement will be drawn up. The agreement shall be 

prepared based on master copy available in the office of Dy.CSTE/C/PS/NDLS and not based on the tender 

documents submitted by the tenderer. In case any discrepancy between the tender documents down loaded from 

Internet and the master copy, later shall prevail and will be binding on tenderers. No claim on this account will be 

entertained. 

Following documents will form part of contract: - 

a) Offer letter. 

b) Instructions to tenderers and conditions of contract contained in Volume-II chapter-I & II with latest modification 

incorporated herein. 

c) Special condition of contract contained in Volume-I with latest modification incorporated therein. 

d) Schedule of approximate quantities, information’s concerning to various paras including addition/alteration to paras 

of volume-II. 

e) General Conditions of Contract of Northern Railways as amended by advance correction slips issued up to date. This 

may be procured by the contractor on payment from any Divisional Railway Manager office of Northern Railways. 

f) Specifications/Drawings and other papers to be supplied with Tender paper as per “Annexure to the schedules” of 

Volume-I. 

g) Enclosure-I in reference to scope of work, installation practices etc. incorporated in this book of Volume-III. 

h) List of materials with their specifications/drawings as per enclosure-II of volume-III. 

i) Volume-I. 

1.1.1 INTERPRETATIONS: (DEFINITIONS) 

Refer to para 1.2 of Part-I and para 1 of Part-II of G.C.C. 

In addition to definitions given in above paras, following definitions will also apply to this tender: 

“EQUIPMENT” Means all or any equipment considered necessary by the Purchaser’s Engineers for the satisfactory 

operation, as a whole, of the installations. 

“MONTH” Means One English Calendar Month. 

“MATERIALS” Means all equipment, components, fittings and other materials including raw materials required to 

complete the work. 

“PURCHASER” Means the President of India acting through his accredited officers or any one of them. The Chief 

Signal & Telecom Engineer(Project), In-charge of Signal and Telecommunication Department of Northern Railway 

shall be deemed to be one of such accredited officers. 

Subject to as otherwise provided in this contract, all notices to be given and all other action to be taken on behalf of 

President of India may be given or taken on his behalf by General Manager, Northern Railway/Chief Signal & 

Telecom Engineer (Const.), Northern Railway or any other representative of the Northern Railway Administration 

nominated by him. 

“PUCHASER’S ENGINEERS” Means the Chief Signal & Telecom Engineer(Project)/Chief Signal & Telecom 

Engineer/Construction Northern Railway or successor who will decide all matters relating to design, manufacture, 

installation and commissioning of the plant and equipment a site. 

“SUB-CONTRACTOR” Means an individual or a firm of Contractor or a Company registered under Indian 

Company Act or an approved supplier of materials to whom the Contractor sublets portions of the contract after 

obtaining specific prior approval of the Purchaser in writing to sub-letting of contract. 

“WRITING” Includes all matters written, typewritten or printed either in whole or in part. 



1.2 SITE OF WORK/LOCAL CONDITIONS 

The intending tenderer is advised to study the tender documents, concerned specification and other instructions 

carefully. The tenderers shall inspect the proposed site of work and acquaint himself/themselves with the site 

conditions, working hours and all relevant items connected with execution of the work. No claim shall be entertained 

for the contractors making his/their own arrangements for approaches/approach road from out side Rly. land and 

contractors will bear entire expenses such as road taxes payment for right of way, etc. to outsiders and for 

constructions of approaches/approach road etc. The submission of tender shall be deemed to have been done after 

careful study and examination of the tender papers with full understanding of the implications thereof. 

1.3 SUBMISSION OF TENDERS 

A) Single Packet System: 

The tender must be submitted on the prescribed tender form enclosed in sealed cover bearing the “Tender No. and its 

description” in duplicate marked original & duplicate and must be sent by registered post to the CSTE(Const.) 

/Dy.CSTE(Const.) /SSTE(Const.) (refer Volume-I) Northern Railway, Baroda House,New Delhi so as to reach this 

office not later than 14.30 hours on date as specified in volume-1 or deposited in the special box allotted for the 

purpose in the office of the CSTE(Project) /CSTE(Const.)/ Dy.CSTE(Const.)/ SSTE (const.) (refer Volume-1). The 

box will be sealed at 14.30 hours. No tender received after the time and date specified shall be considered. Any tender 

delivered or sent otherwise or lost in transit will be at the risk of the tenderers. 

B) Two packet system: 

The tender shall be submitted in duplicate marked “Original” & “Duplicate” in two parts, the Credential bid Part-I 

and the Price Bid, Part-II. Each copy of the tender shall be complete in all respects. Both bids shall be sealed in 

separate envelopes and both envelopes put in one large sealed envelope. All the three envelopes should bear the 

tender number, its description and date of opening. The offer complete with credential bid as well as price bid must 

be sent by registered post to the CSTE (Const.) / Dy.CSTE (Const.)/ SSTE (Const.)(refer Volume-I), so as to reach 

this office not later than 14.30 hours on date as specified in volume-1 or deposited in the special box allotted for the 

purpose in the office of the CSTE (Const.)/ Dy.CSTE (Const.)/ SSTE (const.) (refer Volume-1). The box will be 

sealed at 14.30 hours. No tender received after the time and date specified shall be considered. Any tender delivered 

or sent otherwise or lost in transit will be at the risk of the tenderers. 

(i) Part-I CREDENTIAL BID”: - The credential bid shall consist of the following:- 

a) Offer letter complete (as per Volume-I) 

b) Schedule of work with summary of prices blanked out (as pr Volume-I) 

c) Earnest money in prescribed form (Para 2.2 of I.T.T.) 

d) Solvency certificate and audited balance sheet (Para 2.5.3 & 2.6.3 of I.T.T.) 

e) A copy of partnership deed and affidavit for proprietorship. (Para 2.4 of I.T.T.) 

f) Statements of deviations (para 3.2 of I.T.T.) 

g) Tenderer’s credentials as per Qualifying Criteria (Para 2.5 & 2.6 of I.T.T.). 

h) Similar works executed/works in hand (Para 2.5.7 & 2.6.5 of I.T.T.) 

i) Engineering Organization and Construction Machinery. (Para 2.5.5. & 2.6.4 of I.T.T.) 

j) Details of special tools and installation materials. 

k) System performance Guarantee (Form No.9, Volume-II). 

l) Tenderers scheme of work and time schedule.(Para 19 of Conditions of contract Chapter-II Volume-II) 

m) Complete technical data and particulars of the equipment offered, as specified in the Tender papers together with 

descriptive literature, leaflets, etc.) 

n) Name of manufacturers, place of manufacture and inspection of supplies. 

o) Drawings, if any, complete with list. 

p) Alternative proposal of the tenderers. 

q) Any other information desired to be submitted by the tenderer. 

NOTE: The Credential Bid (part-I) under no circumstances should contain the rates offered otherwise the tender shall be 

summarily rejected. This envelope shall be clearly super scribed with “Credential Bid (Part-I)” along with tender 

number and its description. 

ii) Part-II “PRICE BID” shall contain the offer letter and the price of each item quoted exactly according to the Performa 

and schedule of works and shall be clearly super scribed with “PRICE BID” (Part-II)” along with tender number and 

its description and sealed. 



C) Offers to be submitted as per single packet system as per para 1.3a or two-packet system as per para 1.3b above as 

indicated in volume-I. 

D) All offers shall be either type written or written neatly in indelible Ink in English. Each page of the offer must be 

numbered consecutively. A reference to total number of pages comprising the offer must be made at the top right 

hand corner of the top page. All the supporting documents should be submitted either in original or duly attested by 

the tenderer or notary public unless stated otherwise in these documents. The original documents shall be produced 

for verification when called for. 

E) All copies of the tender paper shall be signed in ink by the tenderer, on each page including closing page, in token of 

his having studied the tender papers carefully. 

F) The original tender papers purchased from this office shall be returned duly signed on each page along with the 

original offer. 

1.4 OPENING OF TENDERS 

a) Single Packet System: - 

The tenders will be opened at 1500 hours on the day (refer volume-I) in the office of 

CSTE(Project)/CSTE(Const.)/Dy.CSTE(Const.) /SSTE(Const.) (refer volume-I) by a nominated officer in the 

presence of such TENDERERS who may choose to be present. In case the date of opening date happens to be a 

holiday the tender will be opened at the same time and place on the next working day. 

b) Two Packet System: - 

i) The TENDERERS credential bid (Part-I ) will be opened at 1500 hours on the day (refer Volume-I) in the office 

of CSTE(Const.) /Dy.CSTE(Const.) /SSTE(Const.) (refer Volume-I) by a nominated officer in presence of such 

TENDERERS/Representatives who choose to be present. In case the date of opening date happens to be a 

holiday the tender will be opened at the same time and place on the next working day. 

ii) After scrutinizing credential bid “Price Bid (Part-II)” will be opened on a subsequent date only for those 

Tenderers who qualify in “Credential Bid (Part-I)” as per qualifying criteria laid down in para 2.5 of this 

Chapter. 

iii) The date of opening of price bid (part-II) will advised in due course. 

iv) Price bid (Part-II) envelops of those Tenderers who are not found to meet conditions will not be opened and will 

be destroyed. 

c) Tenders to be opened as per single packet system as per para 1.4a or two packet system as per para 1.4b above as 

indicated in volume-I. 

1.5 VALIDITY OF OFFER 

The tenderer/s shall keep the offer open for a period of 90/120/180 days (refer vol.I) from the date of opening of the 

tender in which period tenderer/s cannot withdraw his/their offer subject to period being extended further, if required 

by mutual agreement from time to time. Any contravention of the above condition will make the tenderer liable for 

forfeiture of his Earnest Money Deposit. 

2. DOCUMENTS TO ACCOMPANY THE QUOTATION 

2.1.1 TECHNICAL; 

a) Detailed technical description of the system offered. 

b) Detailed technical description of each of the equipment offered. 

c) List of document plans, equipment and facilities, which the tender expects to be supplied by Railways. 

d) Lay out plan for the indoor equipment and pre arrangement if any required to be done by Railways for installation of 

indoor equipment. 

e) A certificate by the supplier that the system offered by him meets fully with the technical specification specified in 

the tender documents. 



2.1.2 Tenderer must also submit the following documents:- 

a) Audited balance sheet and income statement of just concluded year. 

b) Detailed particulars of consultants to assist the company in the works, if any. 

2.1.3 The tenderer must submit copies of certificates and testimonials with regards to: - 

a) Jobs executed in the line of work 

b) Time taken for completion of these works with reason for delay, if any, vis-à-vis a completion period specified in the 

contract. 

c) Whether LD was imposed with respect to above. 

d) Performance certificate from the clients in regard to works covered under item (a) above, signed by an officer not 

below the rank of J.A. Grade Officer for each completed work. 

e) Particulars regarding amount of supplies made in each of the work as brought out in item (a) and (d) above should be 

specifically brought out indicating items of supplies. 

f) Since the design of the system to achieve the end objective shall be checked and confirmed by the contractor and the 

supply of the materials will be according to this system design, the tenderer shall give unqualified and unconditional 

guarantee that 

when the equipment supplied by him is installed and commissioned at site, it shall achieve the desired objective and 

that in the event of performance of the system when installed not complying with the end objective or with the 

specifications, he shall provide further inputs to enable the Railways to realise the end objectives with full 

compliance of the specifications contained in these documents. No additional payment will be made to the contractor 

for supply of any additional goods and service required in this regard. 

This certificate in the Performa given in Form No. 7, shall accompany the final offer. Absence of this certificate, 

which will form part of the agreement, shall disqualify the tenderer automatically. 

2.2 EARNEST MONEY 

2.2.1(a) The tenderer shall be required to be deposited earnest money with the tender for the due performance with 

the stipulation to keep the offer open till such date as specified in the tender, under the condition s of tender. 

The rules concerning Earnest Money deposit modified vide Railway Board. The same are amended as under:- 

Value of the work(Tender value) 

For works estimated to cost upto Rs.1 crore. 

For works estimated to cost more than one 1 crore. 

EMD 

2% of the Estimated cost of work. 

Rs.2 Lacs plus ½% (half percent) of the excess of 

estimated cost of work beyond Rs.1 core subject to a 

maximum of Rs.1 crore. (as indicated in tender 

notice) as earnest money in the manner prescribed in 

clause 3.2 failing which the tender shall be summarily 

rejected. The earnest money shall be rounded off to 

the nearest Rs.10. 

2.2.1(b) The tender must be accompanied by a sum of Rs.315500/- (Rupees Three lac fifteen thousand five hundred only) 

02% for works estimated to cost upto Rs.1 crore and for works estimated to cost more than Rs.1 crore - Rs.2 Lacs 

plus ½% (half percent) of the excess of estimated cost of work beyond Rs.1 crore subject to a maximum of Rs.1 

crore. (as indicated in tender notice) as earnest money in the manner prescribed in clause 3.2 failing which the tender 

shall be summarily rejected. The earnest money shall be rounded off to the nearest Rs.10. 

2.2.1( c) Labour co-operative are required to deposit only 50% of the earnest money as referred to in clause 3.1 above. 

2.2.1(d) The tender/s shall keep the offer open for a period of 90 days from the date of opening of the tender in which period 

tenderer/s cannot withdraw his/their offer subject to period being extended further, if required, by mutual agreement 

from time to time. It is understood that the tender documents have been sold/issued to the tenderer/s and tenderer/s 

is/are being permitted to in consideration of stipulation on his/their part that after submitting his/their offer he/they 

will not resile for his/their offer or modify the terms and conditions thereof in a manner not acceptable to Northern 

Railway should the tenderer/s fail to observe to comply with the foregoing stipulation or fail to undertake the contract 

after acceptance of his/their tender the entire amount deposited as earnest money for the due performance of the 

stipulation and to keep the offer open for the specified period, shall be forfeited t the Railway. 

If the tender is accepted, the amount of all earnest money will be held as initial security deposit for due and faithful 

fulfillment of the contract. The earliest money of unsuccessful tenderer/s will, save as herein before provided be 

retuned to the unsuccessful tenderer/s within a reasonable time, but Railway shall not be responsible for any loss or 

depreciation that happen to the earnest money for the due performance of the stipulation and to keep the offer open 



for the period stipulated in the tender documents while in Railway possession nor will be liable to pay interest 

thereon. 

2.2.2 The Earnest Money of the requisite amount referred to in clause above is required to be deposited either in cash with 

the Chief Cashier, Northern Railway, Delhi on any working day before 12.00 hrs. on 05.06.12 or in any of the 

following forms. 

Para 2.2.2 (a), (b) & (c) Earnest Money: 

NOTE 

a) Deposit receipts, Pay Orders and Demand Drafts. These forms of Earnest Money could be either of 

State Bank of India or any of the nationalized banks or by a scheduled bank . No confirmatory advice 

from Reserve Bank of India will be necessary. 

b) The above instrument should be pledged in favour of Dy. FA&CAO /Const./ FA &CAO/Const,, 

Northern Railway, Kashmere Gate, Delhi. 

c) The official cash receipts having a mention of the firm/individual who has deposited the cash or the 

Deposit Receipts, Pay Order or Demand Draft as mentioned above, as the case may be, is to be attached 

with the tender, failing which, tender will be summarily rejected. 

i. Tenders submitted with Earnest Money in any form other than those specified above shall not be 

considered. 

ii. Any request for recovery from outstanding bills for Earnest Money against present tender will 

not, under any circumstances be entertained. 

iii. No interest will be payable upon the earnest money and security deposit or amounts payable to 

the contractor under the contract. 

2.2.3 Exemption of Earnest Money & Security Deposit: 

Public Sector Undertaking wholly owned by Railways like RITES, IRCON, Konkan Railway Corporation 

Limited, CRIS, Rail-Tel Corporation etc. are exempted from depositing Earnest Money & Security Deposit. 

2.2.4 Performance Guarantee: 

a) The successful bidder shall have to submit a Performance Guarantee (PG) with in 30 (thirty 

days from the date of issue of Letter of Acceptance (LOA). Extension of time for submission 

of PG beyond 30 (thirty) days and upto 60 days from the date of issue of LOA may be given 

by the Authority who is competent to sign the contract agreement. However, the penal 

interest of 15% per annum shall be charged for the delay beyond 30 (thirty) days i.e. from 

31 st day after the date of issue of LOA. In case the contractor fails of submit the requisite PG 

even after 60 (sixty) days from the date of issue of LOA, the contract shall be terminate by 

issuing notice under relevant provisions of General Conditions of Contract duly forefeiting 

EMD and other dues, if any payable against that contract. The failed contractor shallbe 

debarred from participating in re-tender for this work. 

b) The successful bidder shall submit the Performance guarantee (PG) in any of the following 

forms, amounting to 5% of the contract value: 

i) A deposit of Cash, 

ii) Irrevocable Bank Guarantee, 

iii) Government Securities including State Loan Bonds at 5% below the market value. 

iv) Deposit Receipts, Pay Orders, Demand Drafts and Guarantee Bonds. These forms of 

performance Guarantee could be either of the State Bank of India or of any of the 

Nationalized Banks. 

v) Guarantee Bonds executed or Deposits Receipts tendered by all Scheduled Banks; 

vi) A deposit in the Post Office Saving Bank; 

vii) A deposit in National Saving Certificates; 

viii) Twelve years National Defence Certificates; 

ix) Ten years Defence Deposits; 

x) National Defence Bonds; 

xi) Unit Trust Certificates at 5% below market value or at the face value whichever is less 

and: 

xii) FDR (Free from any encumbrance). 



NOTE : The instruments as lested above will also be acceptable for Guarantees in case of 

mobilization advance. All the instrments mentioned in (iii) to (xii) above should be 

in favour of FA&CAO/C /NR or Dy. FAO/CAO/C/NR. 

c) (i) A performance guarantee shall be submitted by the successful bidder after the letter 

of acceptance has been issued, but before signing of the contract agreement. This 

P.G. shall be initially valid upto the stipulated date of completionplus 60 days 

beyond that. In case, the time foe for completion of work gets extended, the 

contractor shall get the validity of P.G. extended to cover such extended time for 

completion of work plus 60 days. 

(ii) If Railway PSUs are awarded contracts through competitive bidding (Open tender, 

Special Limited Tender etc.) the normal rule regarding submission of Performance 

Guarantee as applicable to other tenderer/s shall be applicable to these PSUs. 

(iii) Whenever the Railway PSUs are awarded works contracts by Railways, on single 

tender basis, they are exempted from the requirement of submitting Performance 

Guarantee. 

(iv) However, in the event of failure of the Railway PSU to successfully execute the 

contract as per terms & conditions laid down in the agreement, a penalty 

equivalent to 5% of the original value of contract would be levied. 

d) The value of PG to be submitted by the contractor will not change for variation upto 25% 

(either increase or decrease). In case during the course of execution, value of the contract 

increases by more than 25% of the original contact value, an additional Performance 

Guarantee amounting to 5% (five percent) for the excess value over the original contract 

value shall be deposited by the contractor. 

e) The Performance guarantee shall be released after physical completion of the work based on 

the ‘completion certificate’ issued by the competent authority stating that the contractor 

has completed the work in all respects satisfactorily. The certificate, inter alia, should 

mention that the work has been completed in all respects and that all the contractual 

obligations have been fulfilled by the contractor and that there is no due from the contractor 

to Railways against the contract concerned. The competent authority shall normally be the 

authority who is competent to sign this contract. If the competent authority is of the rank 

lower than JA grade, then a JA Grade Officer (concerned with the work) should issue the 

certificate. The Security Deposit shall, however, be released only after expiry of 

maintenance4 period and after passing the final bill based on ‘No Claim Certificate’ from the 

contractor. 

f) Whenever the contract is rescinded, the security deposit shall be forfeited and the 

performance guarantee shall be encashed. The balance work shall be got done 

independently without risk and cost of the failed contractor. The failed contractor shall be 

debarred from participating in the tender for executing the balance work. If the failed 

contractor is a JV or a partnership firm, the every member/partner of such a firm shall be 

debarred from participating in the tender for the balance work in his/her individual capacity 

or as a partner of any other JV/partnership firm. 

g) The Engineer shall not make a claim under the performance Guarantee except for amounts 

to which the President of India is entitled under the contract (not with standing and/or 

without prejudice to any other provisions in the contract agreement) in the event of: 

i) Failure by the contractor to extend the validity of the performance Guarantee as 

described herein above, in which event the Engineer may claim the full amount of the 

Performance Guarantee. 

ii) Failure by the contractor to pay President of India any amount due, either as agreed by 

the contractor or determined under any of the clauses/conditions of the agreement, 

within 30 days of the service of the notice to this effect by Engineer. 

iii) The contract being determined or rescinded under provision of the GCC the performance 

guarantee shall be forfeited in full and shall be absolutely at the disposal of the 

President of India. 



2.3 PURCHASE PREFERENCE FOR CENTRAL PUBLIC SECTOR ENTERPRISES (CPSEs) 

For tenders/NIT of value Rs.5 Crore & above, other things being equal, purchase preference will be given to Central 

Public Sector Enterprises (CPSE’s) at lowest valid price bid (L1) if the price quoted by a CPSE is within 10% of the 

L1 price as per the latest instructions. However, in case the quoted price by public enterprises is not within 10% of 

the lowest valid price bid, such a price bid may be rejected without any further consideration. 

2.4 CONSTITUTION OF FIRM AND POWER OF ATTORNEY 

a) Tenderer(s) should submit the constitution of his/their firm(s) and the Power of Attorney, if any. He/they are also 

required to disclose whether he/they is/are carrying own business as individual, sole Proprietor or in Partnership for 

or in any company incorporated under the company’s Act. A copy of the agreement entered into by Joint Ventures, 

Partners is to be submitted with the tender. Tender Documents in such cases, are to be signed by such person/s as 

may be legally competent to sign them on behalf of the firm company, association or society as the case may be. 

b) If, tenderer expires after the submission of his tender or after the acceptance of his tender, the Railway shall deem 

such tender/ contract as cancelled. If, a partner of a firm expires after the submission of their tender the Railway shall 

deem such tender as cancelled unless the firm retains its character. 

c) If, the contractor’s firm is dissolved on account of death or retirement of any partner or for any reasons whatsoever 

before fully completing the whole work or any part of it undertaken by the principal agreement, the partner shall 

remain jointly severely and personally liable to complete the whole work to the satisfaction of the Railway and pay 

compensation for loss sustained, if any, by the Railway due to such dissolution. The amount of such compensation 

shall be decided by the General Manager or his accredited officer and his decision in the matter shall be final and 

binding on the contractor. 

d) CONSORTIUM BIDS (Refer Vol.I) 

i) In view of nature of work covered in the Bid documents, it is anticipated that some of the intending bidders will 

pool their resources and experience to form consortia. In their own interest, the bidders who form such 

consortia are advised to investigate capabilities, availability of resources, experienced personnel, financial 

soundness, past experience and concurrent engagements of constituting partners. 

ii) Consortia of bidders, if any must clearly define role/scope of work of each partner/member. Further the legal 

agreement for a consortium must accompany the bid and should clearly define the leader of such a consortium 

who will be the prime contractor and will be responsible for timely completion of work as also during execution 

of work, if awarded, co-ordinate with Purchaser on behalf o the consortium, receive payments for the works 

executed and be liable for due performance of the contract in all respect. 

iii) Qualification documents, details etc., must however, be provided for each member firm complete in all respects 

strictly in requisite Performa. 

iv) A consortium formed will not be subject to alteration with regard to change in constituting firms and/or 

reorientation of roles. Any changes, if proposed by consortium to take advantage of certain developments during 

evaluation stage will render the bid liable to be rejected. As all details are required to be furnished along with the 

bid and should be critically examined during evaluation of bids, it is imperative that such details should have 

been thoroughly examined as a safeguard against a possible disqualification of bids on these grounds. 

v) All partners of the consortium shall be jointly and severally liable to the purchaser for the execution of the entire 

contract in accordance with its terms. 

Modified Clause 2.4.1(in replacement to the existing clause) 

2.4.1 The tenderer/s who are constituents of firm, company, association or society must necessarily enclose the 

attested copies of the constitution of their concern, partnership deed and power of attorney along with their 

tender. Tender documents in such cases are to be signed by such persons as may be legally competent to sign 

them on behalf of the firm company, association or society as the case may be. The Co-operative societies must 

likewise submit a attested copy of their certificate of registration alongwith the documents as above mentioned. 

The tenderer shall give full details sof the constitution of the firm/JV/Company/Society etc in the “Top Sheet” as 

well as in Annexure-“D” to “Special Tender conditions and instructions to tenderers of tender document and 

must submit the following documents alongwith tender without fail:- 

(A) 

Sole Proprietorship firm: 

(B) 

If the tender is ubmitted on behalf of a “Sole proprietorship” concern, the tenderer must submit alongwith the 

tender, the notarized copy of the affidavit for the same. 

Partnership firm: 



If the tender is submitted on behalf of a “Partnership firm/concern”, the tenderer must submit alongwith the 

tender, the attested copy of (1) registered/notarized partnership deed and; (2) the power of Attorney/authorization 

in favour of the individual signing the tender. 

(C) 

Joint Venture (JV): 

If the tender is submitted on behalf of a JV, the tenderer must submit alongwith the tender, 

(1) Original copy of MOU/JV agreement duly notarized in accordance with the annexure K-1 to “Special Tender 

Conditions and instructions to tenderers” of tender document, duly signed by the Power of Attorney (POA) 

holders/authorized signatories of all the constituents/members of the JV. 

(2) Valid power of attorney/authorization by all JV constituents, in favour of the individual signing the tender 

document on behalf of the JV ; and 

(3) In addition, following documents must be enclosed by the JV firms alongwith the tender:- 

(i) 

(a) 

(b) 

In case one or more of the members of the JV firm is/are partnership firm(s), following documents shall be 

submitted. 

Notary certified copy of the partnership deed. 

Consent of all the partners to enter into the joint venture Agreement on a stamp paper of appropriate value (in 

original). 

(c ) Power of Attorney (duly registered or notarized as per prevalling law) in favour of one of the partners of the 

partnership firm to sign the JV MOU/Agreement on behalf of the partnership firm and create liability against the 

firm. 

(ii) 

In case one or more members of JV is/are Proprietary Firm or HUF, the following documents shall be enclosed: 

Affidavit on Stamp paper of appropriate value declaring that his/her concern is a Proprietary concern and he/she 

is sole proprietor of the concern or he/she is in position of “Karta” of Hindu Undivided Family (HUF) and he/she 

has the authority, power and consent given by other partners to an on behalf of HUF. 

(iii) 

(a) 

(b) 

In case one or more members of JV is/are limited companies, the following documents shall be submitted: 

Notary certified copy of resolutions of the Directors of the company, permitting the company to enter into a JV 

agreement, authorizing MD or one of the Directors of Managers of the company to sign JV MOU/Agreement and 

such other documents required to be signed on behalf of the company and enter into liability against the company 

and /or do any other act on behalf of the company. 

Copy of memorandum and Articles of Association of the company. 

(c ) Power of Attorney (duly registered/notarized as per prevailing law) by the company authorizing the person to 

do/act on behalf of the company as mentioned in the para (a) above. 

(d) 

Company: 

If the tender is submitted on behalf of a company registered under companies Act-1956, the tenderer must submit 

alongwith the tender, (1) the copies of MOA (Memorandum of Association) & AOA (Article of Association) of 

the company; (2) POA (Power of Attorney) duly registered/notarized by the company (backed by the resolution 

of Board of Directors)in favour of the individual signing the tender on behalf of the company. 

2.4.1.1 If above mentioned documents (as applicable) are not enclosed along with tender documents, the tender shall be 

treated as having been submitted by the individual who has signed the tender documents. After opening of the 

tender, any document pertaining to the constitution of the firm/JV/Society (as applicable), shall neither be asked 

nor be entertained/considered under any circumstances and no claim or representation whatsoever from the 

tenderer in this regard shall be entertained. 



No change in the constitution of the firm/JV/company shall be permitted after opening of the tender except 

where necessitated due to the succession law. The :Power of Attorney” in favour of the individual signing the 

tender document may however be accepted subsequently, if acceptable reasons are furnished for the same. 

“JVs/Consortiums/MOUs” shall be considered only where permissible in the tender conditions”. 

e) GUIDE LINES FOR PARTICIPATION OF JOINT VENTURE (JV) FIRMS 

(The JV firms are allowed to participate only in the tenders of value more than Rs. 25 Crores) 

1. Separate identity/name shall be given to the Joint Venture firm. 

2. Number of members in a JV shall not be more than three, if the work involves only one department 

(say Civil or S&T or Electrical or Mechanical) and shall not be more than five, if the work involves 

more than one department. 

3. A member of JV firm shall not be permitted to participate either in individual capacity or as a 

member of another JV firm in the same tender. 

4. The tender form shall be purchased and submitted only in the name of the JV firm and not in the 

name of any constituent member. 

5. Normally EMD shall be submitted only in the name of the JV Firm and not in the name of 

Constituent member. However, in exceptional cases EMD in the name of lead Member can be 

accepted subject to submission of specific request letter from lead Member stating the reasons for 

not submitting the EMD in the name of JV Firm and giving written confirmation from the JV 

Member to the effect that the EMD submitted by the lead Member may be deemed as EMD 

submitted by JV firm. 

6. One of the members of the JV firm shall be its Lead Member who shall have a majority (at least 

51%) share of interest in the JV firm and also, must have satisfactorily completed in the last three 

previous financial years and the current financial year upto the date of opening of the tender, one 

similar single work for a minimum value of 35% of advertised tender value. The other members 

shall have a share of not less than 20% each in case of JV firms with up to three members and not 

less than 10% each in case of JV firms with more than three members. In case of JV firm with 

foreign member (s), the lead member has to be an Indian firm with a minimum share of 51%. 

7. A copy of Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) executed by the JV members shall be submitted 

by the JV firm along with the tender. The complete details of the members of the JV firm, their 

share and responsibility in the JV firm etc. particularly with reference to financial technical and 

other obligations shall be furnished in the MOU. The MOU Format for this purpose is enclosed as 

Annexure 8/A. 

8. Once the tender is submitted, the MOU shall not be modified/altered/terminated during the validity 

of the tender. In case the tenderer fails to observe/comply with this stipulation, the full Earnest 

Money Deposit (EMD) shall be liable to be forfeited. 

9. Approval for change of constitution of JV firm shall be at the sole discretion of the Employer 

(Railways). The constitution of the JV firm shall not be allowed to be modified after submission of 

the tender bid by the JV firm except when modification becomes inevitable due to succession laws 

etc. and in any case the minimum eligibility criteria should not get vitiated. However, the Lead 

Member shall continue to be the Lead Member of the JV firm. Failure to observe this requirement 

would render the offer invalid. 

10. Similarly, after the contract is awarded, the constitution of JV firm shall not be allowed to be altered 

during the currency of contract except when modification become inevitable due to succession 

laws etc. and in any case the minimum eligibility criteria should not get vitiated. Failure to observe 

this stipulation shall be deemed to be breach of contract with all consequential penal action as per 

contract conditions. 

11. On award of contract to a JV firm, a single Performance Guarantee shall be submitted by the by 

the JV firm as per tender conditions. All the Guarantee like Performance Guarantee, Bank 

Guarantee for Mobilization advance, machinery Advance etc. shall be accepted only in the name 

of the JV firm and no splitting of guarantees amongst the members of the JV firm shall be 

permitted. 

12. On issue of LOA ( Letter of Acceptance), an agreement among the members of the JV firm (to 

whom the work has been awarded) shall be executed and got registered before the Registrar of 

the Companies under Companies Act or before the Registrar / Sub-Registrar under the 

Registration Act, 1908. This JV agreement shall be submitted by the JV firm to the Railways 

before signing the contract agreement for the work. In case the tenderer fails to observe/comply 

with this stipulation, the full Earnest Money Deposit (EMD) shall be forfeited and other penal 

actions due shall be taken against partners of the JV and the JV. This joint venture agreement 

shall have, inter-alia, following clauses: 



12.1.1.1 12.1 Joint and several liability – The members of the JV firm to which the contract is 

awarded, shall be jointly and severally liable to the Employer (Railways) for execution of the 

project in accordance with General and Special conditions of the contract. The JV members shall 

also be liable jointly and severally for the loss, damages caused to the Railways during the course 

of execution of the contract or due to non-execution of the contract or part thereof. 

12.2 12.2 Duration of the Joint Venture Agreement - It shall be valid during the entire 

currency of the contract including the period of extension if any and the maintenance period after 

the work is completed. 

12.3 12.3 Governing Laws – The joint venture Agreement shall in all respect be governed by 

and interpreted in accordance with Indian Laws. 

13. Authorized Member – Joint Venture members shall authorize one of the members on behalf of 

the Joint Venture Firm to deal with the tender, sign the agreement or enter into contract in respect 

of the said tender, to receive payment, to witness joint measurement of work done, to sign 

measurement books and similar such action in respect of the said tender/contract. All 

notices/correspondence with respect to the contract would be sent only to this authorized member 

of the JV firm. 

14. No member of the Joint Venture Firm shall have the right to assign or transfer the interest right or 

liability in the contract without the written consent of the other members and that of the employer 

(Railways) in respect of the said tender/contract. 

15. Documents to be enclosed by the JV firm along with the tender: 

15.1 In case one or more of the members of the JV firm is/are partnership firm(s), following documents 

shall be submitted. 

(a) Notary certified copy of the Partnership Deed. 

(b) Consent of all the partners to enter into the Joint Venture Agreement on a stamp paper of 

appropriate value (in original) 

(c) Power of Attorney (duly registered as per prevailing law) in favour of one of the partners of 

the partnership firm to sign the JV agreement on behalf of the partnership firm and create 

liability against the firm. 

15.2 In case one or more members is/or Proprietary Firm or HUF, the following documents shall be 

enclosed: 

Affidavit on Stamp Paper of appropriate value declaring that his/her Concern is a Proprietary 

Concern and he/she is sole proprietor of the Concern Or he/she is in position of “KARTA” 

of Hindu Undivided Family (HUF) and he/she has the authority, power and consent given by 

other partners to act on behalf of HUF. 

15.3 In case one or more members is/are limited companies, the following documents shall be 

submitted. 

(a) Notary certified copy of resolutions of the Directors of the Company, permitting the company to 

enter into a JV agreement, authorizing MD or one of the Directors or Managers of the 

Company to sign JV Agreement, such other documents required to be signed on behalf of 

the Company and enter into liability against the company and/or do any other act or on 

behalf of the company. 

(b) Copy of Memorandum and articles of Association of the Company. 

(c) Power of Attorney (duly registered as per prevailing law) by the Company authorizing the 

person to do/act mentioned in the para (a) above. 

15.4 All the members of the JV shall certify that they are not black listed or debarred by Railways or any 

other Ministry/Department of the Govt. of India/State Govt. from participation in tenders/contract on 

the date of opening of bids either in their individual capacity as members of the JV or the JV Firm 

in which they were/are members. 

16. Credentials & Qualifying criteria 

Technical and financial eligibility of the JV firm shall be adjudged based on 

satisfactory fulfillment of the following criteria. 

16.1 Technical eligibility criteria: (‛a’ or ‛b’ mentioned hereunder) 



(a) Either the JV Firm or Lead Member of the JV firm must have satisfactorily completed in the last three 

previous financial years and the current financial year upto the date of opening of the tender, one 

similar single work for a minimum value of 35% of advertised value of the tender . 

OR 

(b)(i) In case of composite works (e.g. works involving more than one distinct component such as Civil 

Engineering works, S&T works, Electrical works, OHE works etc.and in the case of major bridges, 

substructure and superstructure etc.) for each component at least 35% of the value of any of such 

components individually for single similar nature of work should have been satisfactorily completed 

by the JV Firm in the previous three financial years and the current financial year upto the date of 

opening of tender. The member satisfying technical elgibility criteria for the largest component of the 

work shall be the Lead Member and that Member shall have a majority (at least 51%) share of 

interest in the JV Firm. 

(ii) In such cases, what constitutes a component in a composite work shall be clearly pre-defined with 

estimated tender cost of it, as part of the tender documents without any ambiguity. Any work or set 

of works shall be considered to be a separate component, only when cost of the compoment is more 

than Rs. 2 Crore each. 

(i) However, as long as the JV Firm or any member of the JV Firm meets with the requirements, in one 

or more components of the work ,and has completed a minimum of 35% of the advertised value of 

the tender for the same value of the contract, and resultantly, all the members of the JV 

collectively,then meet the prescribed technical eligibility criteria, the JV shall stand technically 

qualified. 

NOTE: 

Value of a completed work done by a Member in an earlier JV Firmfirm or a JV firm shall be 

reckoned only to the extent of the concerned member’s share in that JV Firm for the 

purpose of satisfying his/her compliance of the above mentioned technical eligibility 

criteria in the tender under consideration. 

16.2 Financial eligibility criteria: 

The contractual payments received by the JV Firm or the arithmetic sum of contractual payments 

received by all the members of JV firm in the previous three financial years and the current 

financial year up to the date of opening of tender shall be at least 150% of the estimated value of 

the work as mentioned in the tender. 

NOTE: 

Contractual payment received by a Member in an earlier JV Firm shall be reckoned only to 

the extent of the concerned member’s share in that JV Firm for the purpose of satisfying 

compliance of the above mentioned financial eligibility criteria in tender under 

consideration. 



Annexure-K-1 

FORMAT FOR JOINT VENTURE MEMORANDUM OF UNDETSTANDING/AGREEMENT. 

THIS JOINT VENTURE MEMORANDUM OF UNDETRSTANDING (MOU)/ AGREEMENT EXECUTED 

AT___________ON THIS_____ DAY OF________ 2008 BETWEEN M/s ______________ Registered 

office at ________________ as the first party and M/s __________________ Registered office at 

______________ as the Second party _________________ as Third party (The expression and words of 

the first and second and third party shall mean and include their heirs successors, assigns, nominees 

execution, administrators and legal representatives respectively) 

WHEREAS All the parties are engaged mainly in the business of execution of Civil Engineering and 

General Contracts for various Government Departments and organizations. 

WHEREAS the parties herein above mentioned are desirous of entering into a Joint Venture for carrying 

on Engineering and/or contract works, in connection with __________________ and other works 

mentioned in Tender Notice No._________________ of Northern Railway or any other work or works, as 

mutually decided between the parties to this Joint Venture. 

WHEREAS all the parties are desirous of recording the terms and conditions of this Joint Venture to avoid 

future disputes. 

NOW THIS MOU/AGREEMENT WITNESSTH AS UNDER; 

1. That in and under this Joint Venture agreement the work will be done jointly by the First Party and 

Second Party in the name and style of M/s ________________________ (Joint Venture of M/s 

________________________ M/s _______________________________ and M/s 

_______________________) 

2. That all the parties shall be legally liable, severally and or jointly responsible for the 

satisfactory/successful execution/completion of the work in all respects and in accordance with terms 

and conditions of the contract. 

That the role of each constituent of the said Joint Venture in details shall be as under:- 

The first party shall be responsible for ________________________ 

The second party shall be responsible for ______________________ 

The third party shall be responsible for ______________________ 

The share of profit and loss of each constituent of the said Joint Venture shall be as under:- 

That all the parties of this Joint Venture shall depute their experienced staff as committed commensuration 

with their role and responsibility and as required for the successful completion of the works in close 

consultation with each other. 

That the investment required for the works under this Joint Venture shall be brought in by the parties as agreed 

to between them from time to time. 

That all the Bank guarantee shall be furnished jointly by the parties in the name of Joint Venture. 

That the party number __________________________________________________ to this Joint Venture 

shall be the prime (lead) contractor and will be responsible for timely completion of work and to 

coordinate with the Railways to receive payments and also to make all correspondence on behalf of 

this Consortium/Joint Venture. 

That all the above noted parties i.e. ___________________________________ not to make any change in the 

agreement without prior written consent of the Railway. 



NOW THIE PARTIES HAVE JOINED HANDS TO FORM THIS JOINT VENTURE ON THIS 

______________ DAY OF __________TWO THOUSAND WITH REFERENCE TO AND IN 

CONFIRMATION OF THEIR DISCUSSIONS AND UNDERSTANDING BROUGHT ON 

RECORD ON ____________. 

IN WITNESS THEREOF ALL/BOTH THE ABOVE NAMED PARTIES HAVE SET THEIR 

RESPECTIVE HANDS ON THIS JOINT VENTURE AGREEMENT ON THE DAY, MONTH AND YEAR 

FIRST ABOVE MENTIONED IN THE PRESENCE OF THE FOLLOWING WITNESS. 

WITNESSES: 

1. FIRST PARTY 

2. SECOND PARTY 



Annexure-K-2 

Guidelines for submitting tenders by Partnership Firms and their Eligibility Criteria 

1. The Partnership Firms participating in the tender should be legally valid under the provisions of 

Indian Partnership Act. 

2. Partnership firms are eligible to quote tenders of any value. 

3. The partnership firm should have been in existence or should have been formed prior to 

submission of tender. Partnership firm should have either been registered with the competent 

registrar or the partnership deed should have been notarized prior to date of tender opening, as 

per Indian partnership Act. 

4. Separate identity/name should be given to the partnership firm. The partnership firm should have 

PAN/TAN number in the name of the any of the constituent partners shall not be considered. The 

valid constituents of the firm shall be called partners. 

5. Once the tender has been submitted, the constitution of firm shall not be allowed to be 

modified/altered/terminated during the validity of the tender as well as the currency of the contract 

except when modification becomes inevitable due to succession laws etc, in which case prior 

permission should be taken from Railway and in any case the minimum eligibility criteria should 

not get vitiated. The reconstitution of firm in such cases should be followed by a notary certified 

supplementary Deed. The approval for change of constitution of the firm, in any case, shall be at 

the sole discretion of the Railways and the tenderer shall have no claims what so ever. Any 

change in the constitution of Partnership Firm after opening of tender shall be with the consent. Of 

all partners and with the signatures of all partnership deed. Failure to observe this requirement 

shall render the offer invalid and full EMD shall be forfeited. If any partner/s withdraws from the 

firm after opening of the tender and before the award of the tender, the offer shall be rejected. If 

any new partner joins the firm after opening of tender but prior to award of contract, his/her 

credentials shall not qualify for consideration towards eligibility criteria either individually or in 

proportion to this share in the previous firm. In case the tenderer fails to inform Railway 

beforehand about any such changes/modification in the constitution which is inevitable due to 

succession laws etc. and the contract is awarded to such firm, then it will be considered a breach 

of contract conditions, liable for determination of contract under Clause 62 of General Condition of 

Contract. 

6. A partner of the firm shall not be permitted to participate either in his individual capacity or as a 

partner of any other firm in the same tender. 

7. The tender form shall be purchased and submitted only in the name of partnership firm and not in 

the name of any constituent partner. The EMD shall be submitted only in the name of partnership 

firm. The EMD submitted in the name of any individual partner or in the name authorized 

partner(s) shall not be considered. 

8. One or more of the partners of the firm or any other person(s) shall be designated as the 

authorized person (s) on behalf of the firm, who will be authorized by all the partners to act on 

behalf of the firm through a “Power of Attorney” specifically authorizing him/them to submit & sign 

the tender, sign the agreement, receive payment, witness measurements, sign measurement 

books, make correspondences, compromise, settle, relinquish any claim(s) preferred by the firm, 

sign “No Claim Certificate”, refer all or any dispute to arbitration and to take similar such action in 

respect of the said tender/contract. Such “Power of Attorney” should be notarized and submitted 

along with tender. 

9. A notary certified copy of registered or notarized partnership deed shall be submitted along with 

the tender. 

10. On award of the contract to the partnership firm, a single performance guarantee shall be 

submitted by the firm as per tender conditions. All the guarantee like performance guarantee, 

guarantee for Mobilization advance, Plant and Machineries advance shall be submitted only in the 

name of the partnership firm and no spitting of guarantees among the partners shall be 

acceptable. 

11. On issue of LOA, contract agreement with partnership firm shall be executed in the name of the 

firm only and not in the name of any individual partner. 

12. In case, the contract is awarded to a partnership firm, the following undertakings shall be 

furnished by all the partners through a notarized affidavit, before signing of contract agreement:- 

a) Joint and several liabilities – The partners of the firm to which the contract is awarded, shall be 

jointly and severally liable to the Railway for execution of the contract in accordance with general 

and special conditions of the contract. The partners shall also be liable jointly and severally for the 

loss, damages caused to the Railway during the course of execution of the contract or due to nonexecution 

of the contract or part thereof. 



b) Duration of the partnership firm agreement – The partnership deed/partnership firm agreement 

shall normally not be modified, altered, terminated during the currency of contract and the 

maintenance period after the work is completed as contemplated in the conditions of the contract. 

Any change carried out by partners in the constitution of the firm without permission of Railway, 

shall constitute a breach of contract liable for determination of contract under clause 62 of 

General Conditions of Contract. 

c) Governing Laws – The partnership firm agreement shall in all respect be governed by and 

interpreted in accordance with the Indian laws. 

d) No partner of the firm shall have the right to assign or transfer the interest right or liability in the 

contract without the written consent of the other partner and that of the Railway in respect of the 

tender/contract. 

13. The tenderer shall clearly specify that the tender is submitted on behalf of partnership concern. 

The following documents shall be submitted by the partnership firm, with the 

a) a) A copy of registered/notarized partnership deed duly authenticated by notary. 

b) Power of Attorney duly stamped and authenticated by a Notary Public or by a Magistrate from all 

partners of the firm in favour of one or more of the partner(s) or any other person(s) as detailed in 

Para (8) above. 

c) An undertaking by all the partners of the partnership firm shall be given that they have not been 

black listed or debarred by Railways or any other Ministry/Department of the Govt of India/any 

State Govt from participation in tenders contract on the date of opening of bids either in their 

individual capacity or in any firm in which they were/are partners. Concealment/wrong information 

in regard to above shall make the contract liable for determination under clause 62 of General 

Conditions of Contract -1999. 

14. Evaluation of eligibility of a partnership firm. 

Technical and financial eligibility of the firm shall be adjudged based on satisfactory fulfilment of 

the following conditions: 

i) Technical eligibility criteria – The tenderer should satisfy either of the following criteria:- 

a) The partnership firm shall satisfy the full requirement of technical eligibility criteria ( defined in 

“Para 2.3.4 of special tender conditions and instructions for tenderers”) in its own name and style: 

B) In case the partnership firm does not fulfill the technical eligibility criteria in its own name and 

style, but one of its partners has executed a work in the past either as a sole proprietor of a firm or 

as a partner in a different partnership firm, then such partner of the firm shall satisfy the technical 

eligibility criteria (defined in “Para 2.3.4 of special tender conditions and instructions for 

tenderers”) on the basis of his/her proportionate share in that proprietorship/partnership firm 

reduced further by his /her percentage share in the tendering firm. 

ii) Financial eligibility criteria – The tenderer shall satisfy either of the following criteria: 

a) The partnership firm shall satisfy the full requirements of the financial eligibility criteria (as defined 

in “Para 2.3.5 of special tender conditions and instructions for tenderers”) in its own name and 

style. 

Signature of contractor 47 of pages173 SSTE/C/PS/NDLS 

OR 

OR 

In case the partnership firm does not fulfill the financial eligibility criteria in its own name and style, 

but one or more o its partners have executed a work/contract in the past either as sole proprietor 

or as partner in different firms, then the arithmetic sum of the contractual 

payments received by all the partners of the tendering firm, derived on the basis of their 

respective proportionate share in the such firms reduced further by their respective percentage 

share in the tendering firm, shall satisfy the full requirements of the financial eligibility criteria ( as 

defined in Para 2..3.5 of special tender conditions and instructions for tenderers”) 

Example on Evaluation of Technical & Financial Eligibility of Partnership Firm 

A tendering partnership firm ”ÄBCD” has four constituent partners namely ”Ä”, “B” , “C” & “D” with 

their respective shares as 40%, 30%, 20%, & 10% but this firm has not executed any work in its


own name and style. However, the constituent partners have executed the work in earlier 

partnership firm(s) or as sole proprietor as under:- 

(i) 

(ii) 

(iii) 

Partnership firm “ABZ” having three partners namely “A”, “B”, & “Z” with respective shares 

of 10%, 20% & 70%, has executed a work of value its. 5.00 crores earlier. 

Partnership firm “CYX” having three partners namely “C”, “Y”, & “X” with respective shares 

of 50%, 30% & 20%, has executed a work of value its. 5.00 crores earlier. 

Sole proprietorship firm “P” having “D”as sole proprietor has executed a work of value Rs. 

2.0 Crores earlier. 

The evaluation of technical and financial eligibility of tendering firm ”ÄBCD” shall be done by 

taking proportionate share of credentials or partners A, B, C and D derived from their earlier 

partnership firms to be reduced further by their percentage share in the tendering firm as 

calculated in table below:- 

1 2 3 4 5 

Partners Credentials of Ä”& Credentials of Ä”& Credentials of Ä”& 

“B”derived from firm “B”derived from firm “B”derived from firm 

“ÄBZ” which has “ÄBZ” which has “ÄBZ” which has 

executed work of Rs. executed work of Rs. executed work of Rs. 

10.0 cr. 

10.0 cr. 

10.0 cr. 

% 

share 

in firm 

“ABZ” 

Proportionate 

Credentials 

% 

share 

in firm 

“CYX” 

Proportionate 

Credentials 

% 

share 

in firm 

“P” 

Proportionate 

Credentials 

Contribution of “Ä”, “B”, 

“C” & ”D”, to 

credentials of tendering 

firm “ ABCD” 

% 

share 

in 

“ABCD” 

Proportionate 

Contribution 

to “ABCD” 

A 10% 10% of 

10 Cr.= 

1.0 Cr. 

B 20% 20% of 

10 Cr.= 

2.o Cr. 

C 50% 50% of 5 

Cr= 

2.5 Cr 

D 100% 100% of 

2 Cr= 2.0 Cr 

40% 40% of 1 Cr 

= 0.4 Cr 

30% 30% of 2 Cr 

= 0.6 Cr 

30% 20% of 2.5 

Cr = 0.5 Cr 

10% 10% of 2 Cr 

= 0.20 Cr 

Evaluation of Technical Eligibility:- 

Any one of the partners of ÄBCD” tendering firm viz A, B C or D should satisfy the technical eligibility 

criterion on the basis of his/her proportionate share of credential in the earlier partnership firm reduced 

further by his percentage share in the tendering firm. As calculated in above table, the contribution of 

partners A, B, C & D towards the credentials of tendering firm ÄBCD” will be taken as Rs. 0.40 cr., Rs. 0.60 

cr., Rs. 0.50 cr., 0.20 cr respectively. Thus, in this example the firm ÄBCD” is deemed to have executed one 

single work of maximum value of Rs. 0.60 Cr. for the purpose of technical eligibility criteria. 

Evaluation of Financial Eligibility:- 

The arithmetic sum of the contribution of all the partners of tendering firm “ÄBCD” derived on the basis of 

their respective proportionate share in the earlier partnership firms reduced further by their respective 

percentage share in the tendering firm, in this example will be taken as Rs. 1.70 Cr. (i.e. A + b + c + d = 

0.40+0.60+0.50 +0.20= 1.70 CR.). Thus, in this example, the firm ÄBCD” is deemed to have received 

contractual payments of Rs. 1.70 Cr. for the purpose of financial eligibility criteria. 



Annexure-D 

Constitution of firm: 

1. Constitution of the Firm/concern. (Tick as applicable) Sole 

Proprietorship/Partnership 


2. Full name of sole Proprietorship/Partnership 


3. Year of formation/incorporation 

4. Pan No. 

5. Registered office address 

6. Address on which correspondence regarding this tender 

should be done. 

7. Name of the proprietor/partner/JV member etc. 

We have enclosed alongwith the tender, all the requisite docufments pertaining to the constitution 

of the firm/concern/company etc. as specified in clause 2.4.1 of “Special Tender condition & 

Instructions to tenderers”. I /we understand that in the absence of these documents, our tender 

shall be treated as having been submitted by the individual who has signed the tender documents. 

Signature of the Tenderer 



2.5 QUALIFICATION CRITERIA AND CREDENTIALS 

(FOR OFC INDOOR WORK) 

2.5.1 General: 

2.5.1.1 Qualification criteria under this para lays down minimum acceptable qualifications in various areas to ensure that 

qualified bidder has necessary experience, expertise financial and human resources to successfully complete the 

project. In case of a consortium bid the qualification document details etc. must be provided for each member of 

consortium. 

2.5.1.2 If the tenderer proposes to buy any equipment from other suppliers/sources, documents indicating their willingness 

to supply the equipment and provide technical support to the tenderer that may be required during installation, 

commissioning and warranty period and later on directly to the railways, shall be included in the tender. 

Qualification documents and other details for such supplier shall be included in the tender. 

2.5.1.3 The tenderer should submit the details of experience in works and services in projects of similar nature bringing 

out clearly the expertise in the equipment manufacture, installation etc. of optical fiber telecommunication system. 

2.5.1.4 The tenderer shall complete the Performa at Form No.8 and affix a certificate from the original user for whom the 

project was undertaken certifying the date of award of contract, date of completion, date of commissioning and the 

present working state of the system so established. The tenderer shall provide these details for all the projects that 

he has executed which satisfy the minimum requirements in each case. 

2.5.2 Technical Eligibility Criteria: 

a) As a proof of technical experience/competence, the tenderer should have completed successfully at least one 

similar single work for a minimum value of 35% of advertised tender value including the cost of cement and steel 

in last three financial years (i.e. current year & three previous financial years) up to the date of opening of the 

tender. 

The similar nature of work is defined as under:- 

i) “Design, supply, installation and commissioning of panel interlocking/Route relay 

interlocking/Automatic signaling/Electronic interlocking/IBS including cable laying, 

trenching, casting of foundation, erection of signal, erection of lifting barrier etc. or 

supply installation, commissioning of signaling work with includes supply, installation & 

commissioning of block proving with digital axle counter using UFSBI” 

ii) “OEMs authorized representative of block proving by axle counter should 

participate to ensure adequate technical expertise about the equipment for 

correct and proper handling and trouble free installation of the system”. 

b) The following will be applicable for evaluating the eligibility. 

i) Similar nature of work physically completed within the qualifying period, i.e. last three financial years and 

current financial year (even though the work might have commenced before the qualifying period) should 

only be considered in evaluating the eligibility criteria. 

ii) The total value of similar nature of work completed during the qualifying period and not the payments 

received within qualifying period alone, should be considered. In case, the final bill of similar nature of work 

has not been passed and final measurements have not been recorded, the paid amount including statutory 

deductions is to be considered. If final measurements have been recorded and work has been completed with 

negative variation, then also the paid amount including statutory deductions is to be considered. 

However, if final measurements have been recorded and work has been completed with positive variation but 

variation has not been sanctioned, original agreement value or last sanctioned agreement value whichever is 

lower should be considered for judging eligibility. 

iii) In the case of composite works involving combination of different works, even separate completed works of 

required value should be considered while evaluating the eligibility criteria. 



For example, in a tender for bridge work where similar nature of work has been defined as bridge work with pile 

foundation and PSC superstructure, a tenderer, who had completed one bridge work with pile foundation of value at 

least equal to 35% of tender value and also has completed one bridge work with PSC superstructure of value at least 

equal to 35% of the tender value should be considered as having fulfilled the eligibility criterion of having completed 

single similar nature of work. 

Work Load 

The tenderer will submit the present workload of the telecomm. Contracts in hand as per format of Form 12. The 

performance of the tenderer with regard to satisfactory execution of more than one contract simultaneously in the past 

shall be taken into account. 

2.5.3 Financial Eligibility Criteria: 

a) As a proof of sufficient financial capacity and organizational resources contractor should have received the total 

payments against satisfactory execution of all completed /ongoing works of all types (not confined to only similar 

works) during the last three financial years and in the current financial year (up to the date of opening the tender) of 

a value not less than 150% of the advertised cost of work including the cost of cement and steel. 

b) “For judging the technical eligibility and financial capability only those works which had been executed for the 

Govt. organizations shall be considered and the tenderer will submit the certificate to this effect from the officer 

concerned duly signed under the official seal. It should be noted that credentials for the works executed for private 

organizations shall not be considered. 

c] The tenderer/s/contractor shall submit a statement of contractual payments received during the last three financial 

years and current year on the prescribed proforma as detailed at Annexure- 

The details shall be based on the Form-16A issued by employer i.e. the certificate of deduction of Tax at source 

under section 203 of the Income -Tax Act, 1961. The photocopies of the Form-16A shall be enclosed duly attested 

by Notary Public with seal and Notarial Stamp thereon. 

d] If a tenderer has completed a work of similar nature where cement and still was issued by department free of cost, 

tenderer must submit the completion certificate indicating cost of these materials and total cost of the work 

(including cost of cement/steel) shall be considered to decide eligibility or otherwise. 

e] The overall financial soundness of the tenderers will be evaluated based upon the volume of the work handled, turn 

over, balance sheet etc. Tenderers will accordingly furnish these particulars for the last three years (i.e. current 

year and three previous financial years) duly supported by latest audited results/balance sheets. 

f] Tenderer has to satisfy the eligibility criterial for technical capability and competence as well as for financial 

capacity and organizational resources. 

g] If the tenderer is a JV/Consortium, each partner of JV/Consortium should have good credentials and the 

JV/Consortium should meet the technical and financial eligibility criteria as per the guidelines given in Annexure- 

‘K’. 

The tenderer shall furnish such documents as to establish the financial soundness of his company as well as that of other 

companies if more than one company is involved in the bidding for this tender. The latest balance sheet, audited or 

certified by a neutral agency shall be furnished. 

2.5.4 Equipment: 

2.5.4.1 The tenderer shall clearly identify the sources from which the equipment to be supplied under this tender will be 

obtained. The equipment to specifications indicated in the schedule shall be supplied by the contractor after its 

inspection by the inspecting agency – RDSO/LKO. Currently valid type approval accorded by RDSO/TEC for the 

type of equipment to be supplied under this contract would be acceptable. 

2.5.4.2 All equipment proposed to be used shall be of proven design and performance. The equipment shall have been 

successfully commissioned and remained in service at least for a period of one year on the date of tender submission. 

Certificate from the actual user of the equipment about satisfactory performance shall be enclosed with the tender. 

Any equipment proposed to be manufactured with foreign collaboration shall be covered by the performance 

guarantee of the foreign collaborator. Such equipment shall have been in field service at least for a period of two 

years certified by actual user. 

2.5.4.3 Equipment not available indigenously nor proposed to be manufactured with foreign collaboration within the time 

schedule of the contract, shall be covered by the performance guarantee of the original foreign manufacturer. Such 

equipment shall have been in field service at least for a period of two years on the date of submission of the tender. 

The tenderer shall submit a declaration from those original equipment manufacturers regarding their Indian agency 

and the service support available within the country. 



2.5.4.4 ailways may accept some equipment if these are approved by RDSO/TEC as applicable on the date of tender opening 

& the tenderer confirms with documentary evidence, that criterion laid down in Para 2.5.4.2 & 2.5.4.3 shall be 

fulfilled within 6 months from the date of opening of tender (Credential bid). The certificate from actual user 

regarding satisfactory performance over the period shall be submitted with the tender. 

2.5.5 Engineering Organisation: 

2.5.5.1 The tenderer shall make an assessment of the requirement of personnel for execution of this project and shall give 

details as to how he proposes to mobilise all technical manpower required for the project. Details of the qualification 

and experience of the personnel identified for project execution shall be included in the tender. 

2.5.5.2 The successful tenderer shall appoint a Project Manager who would have adequate experience in project management 

of similar nature, unless the railway so desire, the Project Manager should preferably be retained till all the 

obligations under the contract have been fulfilled. 

2.5.5.3 The tenderers shall have at least one graduate Engineer and two experienced supervisors (Diploma Holders) having 

5/6 years experience in the relevant field, supported by at least 5 Nos. of artisan staff like Telecom. mechanics, Wiremen, 

cable jointers etc. 

2.5.5.4 Tenderer shall advise the number of Engineers, Supervisors and Cable Jointers/Artisans employed by him or going to 

be employed by him with their names, qualifications bio-data and experience in this particular trade under 

consideration along with the Tender positively. Irrevocable letters of commitment of the said Supervisors and Key 

Technicians/Artisans for doing the work shall be furnished along with Tender Papers if they are not already in 

employment of the Tenderer. 

2.5.6 Construction Machinery: 

The firm should have essential construction machinery, Tools and plants, test & measuring instruments, Vehicles etc. 

details of which will be furnished by them along with the bid. 

2.5.7 Meaning of similar work: 

2.5.7.1 In reference to clause 2.5.2 above the meaning of similar work for the OFC Indoor Work shall be as under: 

"The tenderer should have successfully executed a project in which similar equipment (SDH equipment) has been 

installed and commissioned in Optical Fibre communication network." 

OR 

"System design, laying, jointing, testing and commissioning of OFC cable with installation of Optical and Digital 

Equipment and other associated equipments along with their testing and commissioning." 

OR 

The tenderer should be original manufacturer/sole supplier of STM-l or STM-4 system. 

2.6 QUALIFICATION CRITERIA AND CREDENTIALS FOR ALL SIGNALING & TELECOMM. WORKS 

OTHER THAN OFC INDOORS WORKS. 

2.6.1. General: 

2.6.1.1 Tenderer/s must submit, along with his/their tenders: - 

i) A statement showing similar works executed by him/them 

ii) Certificates of successful completion of his/their works. 

iii) A statement of all payments received against all successfully completed work/works in progress of all types (not 

necessarily similar in type to work in this tender) indicating the organizations/units from which the payments have 

been received. Necessary certificates in this regard, from the authorities who made the payments, for 3 (three) 

preceding years should be enclosed, duly attested. 

iv) A list of their engineering organization and equipments, construction tools and plants available with them. 

2.6.2 Technical eligibility Criteria 



a) As a proof of technical experience/competence, the tenderer should have completed successfully at least one 

similar single work for a minimum value of 35% of advertised tender value inclusive the cost of cement and steel 

in last three financial years (i.e. current year & three previous financial years) up to the date of opening of the 

tender. 

The similar nature of work is defined as under:- 

i) “Design, supply, installation and commissioning of panel interlocking/Route relay 

interlocking/Automatic signaling/Electronic interlocking/IBS including cable laying, 

trenching, casting of foundation, erection of signal, erection of lifting barrier etc. or 

supply installation, commissioning of signaling work with includes supply, installation & 

commissioning of block proving with digital axle counter using UFSBI” 

ii) “OEMs authorized representative of block proving by axle counter should 

participate to ensure adequate technical expertise about the equipment for 

correct and proper handling and trouble free installation of the system”. 

b) The following will be applicable for evaluating the eligibility. 

i) Similar nature of work physically completed within the qualifying period, i.e. last three financial years and current 

financial year (even though the work might have commenced before the qualifying period) should only be 

considered in evaluating the eligibility criteria. 

ii) The total value of similar nature of work completed during the qualifying period and not the payments received 

within qualifying period alone, should be considered. In case, the final bill of similar nature of work has not been 

passed and final measurements have not been recorded, the paid amount including statutory deductions is to be 

considered. If final measurements have been recorded and work has been completed with negative variation, 

then also the paid amount including statutory deductions is to be considered. 

However, if final measurements have been recorded and work has been completed with positive variation but 

variation has not been sanctioned, original agreement value or last sanctioned agreement value whichever is 

lower should be considered for judging eligibility. 

iii) In the case of composite works involving combination of different works, even separate completed works of 

required value should be considered while evaluating the eligibility criteria. For example, in a tender for bridge 

work where similar nature of work has been defined as bridge work with pile foundation and PSC superstructure, 

a tenderer, who had completed one bridge work with pile foundation of value at least equal to 35% of tender 

value and also has completed one bridge work with PSC superstructure of value at least equal to 35% of the 

tender value should be considered as having fulfilled the eligibility criterion of having completed single similar 

nature of work. 

Work Load 

The tenderer will submit the present workload of similar works in hand as per format of Form 12. The performance 

of the tenderer with regard to satisfactory execution of more than one contract simultaneously in the past shall be 

taken into account. 

2.6.3 Financial Eligibility Criteria 

a) As a proof of sufficient financial capacity and organizational resources contractor should have received the total 

payments against satisfactory execution of all completed /on works of all types (not confined to only similar works) 

during the last three financial years and in the current financial year (up to the date of opening the tender) of a value 

not less than 150% of the advertised cost of work including the cost of cement and steel under Govt/Semi Govt 

organsiation. 

b) “For judging the technical eligibility and financial capability only those works which had been executed for the Govt. 

organizations shall be considered and the tenderer will submit the certificate to this effect from the officer concerned 

duly signed under the official seal. It should be noted that credentials for the works executed for private organizations 

shall not be considered. 



c] The tenderer/s/contractor shall submit a statement of contractual payments received during the last three financial 

years and current year on the prescribed proforma as detailed at Annexure-1 

The details shall be based on the Form-16A issued by employer i.e. the certificate of deduction of Tax at source 

under section 203 of the Income -Tax Act, 1961. The photocopies of the Form-16A shall be enclosed duly attested by 

Notary Public with seal and Notarial Stamp thereon. 

d] If a tenderer has completed a work of similar nature where cement and still was issued by department free of cost, 

tenderer must submit the completion certificate indicating cost of these materials and total cost of the work (including 

cost of cement/steel) shall be considered to decide eligibility or otherwise. 

e] The overall financial soundness of the tenderers will be evaluated based upon the volume of the work handled, turn 

over, balance sheet etc. Tenderers will accordingly furnish these particulars for the last three years (i.e. current year 

and three previous financial years) duly supported by latest audited results/balance sheets. 

f] Tenderer has to satisfy the eligibility criterial for technical capability and competence as well as for financial capacity 

and organizational resources. 

g] If the tenderer is a JV/Consortium, each partner of JV/Consortium should have good credentials and the 

JV/Consortium should meet the technical and financial eligibility criteria as per the guidelines given in para 2.4(e). 

The tenderer shall furnish such documents as to establish the financial soundness of his company as well as that 

of other companies if more than one company is involved in the bidding for this tender. The latest balance sheet, 

audited or certified by a neutral agency shall be furnished. 

2.6.4 Engineering Organisation 

a) The tenderer shall make an assessment of the requirement of personnel for execution of this project and shall give 

details as to how he proposes to mobilise all technical manpower required for the project. Details of the qualification 

and experience of the personnel identified for project execution shall be included in the tender. 

b) The successful tenderer shall appoint a Project Manager who would have adequate experience in project management 

of similar nature, unless the railway so desire, the Project Manager should preferably be retained till all the 

obligations under the contract have been fulfilled. 

c) The tenderers should have following minimum organization:- 

i) For works up to Rs.1Crores: At least one Qualified Engineer having 5 years experience and one experienced 

supervisor (Engg. Diploma Holder) having 5 years experience in the relevant field, supported by at least 10 

Nos. of artisan staff like Masons, Black Smiths, Carpenter, Fitters, Cable Jointers & Wire-men etc. 

ii) For works more than Rs.1Crores and up to Rs.3Crores: At least one Qualified Engineer having ten years 

experience and two experienced supervisor (Engg. Diploma Holder) having 5 years experience in the relevant 

field, supported by at least 15 Nos. of artisan staff like Masons, Black Smiths, Carpenter, Fitters, Cable 

Jointers & Wire-men etc. 

iii) For works more than Rs.3Crores: At least one Graduate Engineer having ten years experience and three 

experienced supervisors (Engg. Diploma Holder) having 5 years experience in the relevant field, supported by 

at least 20 Nos. of artisan staff like Masons, Black Smiths, Carpenter, Fitters, Cable Jointers & Wire-men etc. 

d) Tenderer shall advise the number of Engineers, Supervisors and Cable Jointers/Artisans employed by him or going to 

be employed by him with their names, qualifications bio-data and experience in this particular trade under 

consideration along with the Tender positively. Irrevocable letters of commitment of the said Supervisors and Key 

Technicians/Artisans for doing the work shall be furnished along with Tender Papers if they are not already in 

employment of the Tenderer. 

2.6.5 MEANING OF SIMILAR WORKS FOR SIGNALING WORKS (Refer Vol-I) 

1. For Electromechanical works: 

Work of supply installation & commissioning of mechanical signaling/electro mechanical signaling gears including 

cable laying, erection of mechanical signals, app cases, termination, erection of lever frames and other mechanical 

gears. 

Similar Works: 

Work of supply installation & commissioning of mechanical signalling/electro mechanical signaling gears including 

cable laying, erection of mechanical signals app cases termination, erection of lever frames and other mechanical 

gears including work of erection and locking of lever frame of outdoor works in connection with colour light 

signaling or PI or RRI including cable laying, App. cases erections, track circuit fitting & wiring, signal erection, 

point fitting etc. 



2. For MACLS works: 

Supply installation and commissioning of the work of colour light signaling, outdoor as well as indoor, including 

erection of lever frames and other mechanical gears, trenching and cable laying, erection of App. cases, colour light 

signals, relay room wiring etc. 

Similar Works: 

Supply installation and commissioning of the work of colour light signaling, outdoor as well as indoor including 

erection of lever frames and other mechanical gears, trenching and cable laying, erection of App. cases, colour light 

signals, relay room wiring, etc. OR outdoor works in connection with Panel, Interlocking or RRI including cable 

laying, signal erection, location box erection/wiring of point and track circuiting. 

3. For PI & RRI Indoor Works: 

Design, supply installation and commissioning of relay interlocking work (Panel/Route relay indoor works) 

Similar Work: 

Design, supply installation and commissioning of relay interlocking work (Panel/Route Relay) for minimum 100 

routes in case of RRI installation and Panel interlocking of any size in case of PI stations. 

4. For PI & RRI Outdoor Works: 

Design, supply, installation and commissioning of outdoor signaling gears in connection with Panel/RRI including 

cable laying, termination, location wiring, fitting of point machines and track circuits, axle counters, etc. 

Similar Work: 

Design, supply, installation and commissioning of outdoor signalling gears in connection with Panel/RRI including 

cable laying, termination, location wiring, fitting of point machines and track circuits, axle counters, etc. OR outdoor 

works in connection with the provision of colour light signalling including cabal laying, termination, location wiring, 

fitting of point machines and track circuits, axle counters, etc. 

5. For Block Proving Works: 

The work of design, supply, installation and commissioning of block proving by axle counter on single/double line 

section with or without use of multiplexes. 

Similar Work: 

The work of design, supply, installation and commissioning of block proving by axle counter on single/double line 

section with or without use of multiplexes. 

2.6.6 MEANING OF SIMILAR WORKS FOR TELECOM WORKS OTHER THAN OFC INDOOR WORK. 

Optical Fiber Cable outdoor work of trenching, laying, jointing, splicing, testing of Optical Fiber cable including 

Quad, PIJF cable and commissioning of way station equipment etc. 

The tenderer should have successfully executed at least one similar work as described below: - 

Execution and commissioning of work of laying main telecom cable to Railways quad configuration, jointing and 

installation of repeater station/cable hut equipment with other allied works 

OR 

Trenching, laying, jointing, splicing, testing and commissioning of optical Fiber cable including installation of 

associated outdoor equipments along with their testing and commissioning. 

SUPPLY, INSTALLATION, COMMISSIONING OF MICROWAVE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM. 

The tenderer should have successfully executed at least one similar work as described below:- 

Supply, installation and commissioning of Microwave or UHF communication system consisting of Radio Mux and 

other allied equipment. 

If the work to be executed is not fall into any of the categories mentioned above in para 2.6.1.5 and 2.6.16, please 

refer “Annexure to the Schedule-Vol-I for meaning of similar works. 

2.7 PRICE QUOTATION. 

2.7.1 Schedule for the works is provided in Vol. I. 

2.7.2 QUOTATION FOR SCHEDULE OF RATES ITEMS. 



i) The tenderer/s is/are required to quote uniform percentage below/at par/above against the SOR cost. Chapter wise 

both in figures and words indicated on abstract sheet of the Schedule based on SOR. The total cost chapter wise 

should also be quoted. 

ii) The percentage rate quoted against SOR cost chapter wise on Abstract sheet shall be applicable to all items of that 

chapter of the schedule. 

iii) The SOR item Nos. description and rates given in Schedule of quantities are based on the R.E./Northern Railway 

Schedule of Rates for signaling. Any discrepancy noticed during the execution of work, in working rates, quantity or 

materials etc. should be rectified by the reference to the R.E./N.Rly. Schedule of Rates for signaling which shall be 

treated as authoritative and binding on the contractor. The relevant notes applicable to the respective sub/chapter will 

apply to the items of the Tender schedule and should be considered as having been incorporated in the contract 

agreement and binding on contractor. The rates are mentioned against each item in the schedule based on SOR. 

If any contractor wants the copy of R.E./N.Rly. schedule of rates for signalling, he can purchase from the office of 

Chief Signal & Telecommunication Engineer (Construction), Baroda House, New Delhi at the prescribed cost. 

2.7.3 QUOTATION FOR NON SCHEDULE OF RATE ITEMS. 

The rates shall be quoted both in figures and in words for each item as mentioned in Schedule of work attached with 

the tender documents. 

2.7.4 If there is any variation between the rates/percentage quoted in figures and in words, the rates/percentage quoted in 

words shall be taken as correct. If more than one or improper rate/percentage is tendered for the same item/schedule, 

the tender is liable to be rejected. 

2.7.5 The rates quoted by the tenderer/s shall be inclusive of all octroi or any other taxes. No claims for octroi or any other 

taxes etc. shall be entertained by the Railways at any stage and on any grounds whatsoever. Sales Tax, Octroi, 

royalty, toll tax or any other tax(es) levied by the Central or State Govt. or local bodies shall be borne by the tenderer. 

No part of such taxes on contractor’s labour/materials or any other amount will be paid by the Railway. This should 

be kept in view before tendering. If any further increase to the existing rates of sales tax is made or levies is imposed 

by the state govt. after the date of receipt of the tender and the same is required to be borne by the contractors, then 

the recovery of said amount will be first made as required under law and subsequently the same will be reimbursed to 

the concerned sales tax authority to the effect that the sum as already deposited is not refundable to the contractor. 

2.7.6 The rates to be quoted should take into account the credit available on inputs under the MODVAT scheme introduced 

with effect from 1 st March 1986. 

CERTIFICATE FOR MODVAT BENEFITS ON BILLS 

a) The contractor should submit the following certificate along with the bills: 

“We certify that no additional duty set offers on the Goods supplied by us have accrued under the MODVAT Scheme 

in force on the date of supply after we submitted our quotations and submitted the present bill.” 

b) In the event of MODVAT credit being extended by the Government of India to more items that already covered, the 

firm should advise the purchaser about the additional benefits accrued through a letter containing the following 

certificate or any variation thereof as may be considered necessary by individual Railway administration:- 

“We hereby declare that we can avail additional duty set offers as per rates MODVAT scheme in force now and we 

hereby give a reduction of (---------------) per unit and agree to revise the prices indicated in the order. The current 

E.D. of (--------------) is payable on this reduced price. Therefore, we request you to amend the order accordingly.” 

2.7.6.1 Supply of spares have been indicated in the schedule of works. Tenderer shall quote for the spares in details by 

quoting item-wise rates, also indicating the total number of such items used in the entire system. 

2.7.7 The price quoted by the Tenderer shall include the prices of materials including all incidental charges for transport, 

loading/unloading and handling of materials, for arranging dispatch by rail direct from manufacturer’s factory and 

completing all necessary formalities in the respect, such as submission of forwarding notes, arranging placement of 

Wagon, collection of Banker’s charges for Bank guarantee, Indemnity bonds inclusive of cost of stamp etc. as also 

siding or shunting charges, if any, levied by the Railways. It will also include: - 

a) Cost of transportation of materials supplied by the Railway from the place of delivery to the site of work. 



b) Cost of transportation of all materials to be supplied by the contractor, to the site of work. 

c) Collection of balance materials left over after the work, if any, and materials released and handing over to the 

Railway Engineer’s representative at specified location and stocking in an orderly way. 

2.7.8 The prices shall include all taxes, duties, Royalty and levies (including Octroi, Sales Tax, Works Contract Tax, Toll 

Tax, any other taxes levied by Central of State Govt. etc.) applicable on this works contract. Therefore, they should 

quote their prices taking into account the rates of Sales Tax as leviable in the event of Sale to the Central Government 

organization etc. It is clarified that required forms applicable for this purpose will be supplied to the Contractor, as 

applicable in the state where the Contract is being executed. While quoting the rate, they should also keep in view the 

provisions in Section 15 of C.S.T. Rules 1956 as amended from time to time. The price shall also include provision 

for losses and wastage in transit and installation and commissioning. 

2.7.9 The prices quoted by Tenderer shall include cost of execution and testing and all cost of Administration of Contract, 

insurance premium, Bankers charges for guarantees, cost of storage. The prices shall include cost of works and 

adjustments necessary to be done by the Contractor during or after tests carried out by the purchaser. 

2.7.10 Possible fluctuation of market rates must be taken into consideration before quoting the rates and no claim on this 

account shall be entertained afterwards. 

2.7.11 All taxes, duties and levies (including Octroi etc.) arising out of the transaction between the Contractor and his Sub- 

Contractors, suppliers for this work will be included in the rates quoted by the Contractor in the relevant Schedule. 

2.7.12 The tenderer/s shall not increase his/their rate in case Railway Administration negotiates for the reduction in rates, 

such negotiations shall not amount to conciliation or withdrawal of the original offer and rates originally quoted will 

be binding on the tenderer/s. 

2.7.13 Tenderer shall submit analysis of rates if called upon to do so. 

2.8 (a) Commercial terms and conditions if any. 

(b) Duly signed tender document and schedule as per single/Two packet system as applicable. 

2.9 PERIOD OF COMPLETION & TIME PROGRESS GRAPH 

Contractor will submit a pert chart/ bar chart indicating detailed program of completion of various activities and also 

indicating number of persons including skilled staff/ supervisory which he would be employing for each actives so as 

to complete the work in the defined period as per the pert/bar chart. Tenders not accompanied with this may be 

considered incomplete and may be rejected. 

The works/work are/is to be completed within a period as mentioned in preamble from the date of issue of the 

acceptance of tender. 

The successful tender should however submit their final program in consultation with engineer of the project in terms 

of para 19 of Conditions of Contract Chapter-II Volume-II. 

3. GENERAL 

3.1 If the tenderer fails to abide by the conditions or fails to submit documents as above, the tender is liable to be 

rejected. 

3.2 COMPLIANCE TO TENDER CONDITIONS, SPECIFICATIONS & DRAWINGS 

3.2.1 As far as possible the tenderers bid should not have any condition or specification or assumption contrary to the 

provision in these tender documents on which tenderer/s bid is based. Tenderers special conditions that are at 

variance with tender stipulations shall be listed separately with details of exact financial implications if any as 

detailed in pars 3.2.2 & 3.2.3.below Railways will not take cognizance of any such conditions mentioned at any other 

place in the tender document. Only such special conditions stipulated by the tenderer/s which have been specifically 

approved by the Railways in writing shall be deemed to have been accepted by the Railways and shall form part of 

the Contract Agreement. Any other conditions not accepted by the Railways shall be withdrawn by the tenderer/s. 



3.2.2 The tenderer shall indicate paragraph by paragraph for each section of the tender documents that either his tender 

compliance with every respect with the requirement of each clause and sub-clause or if not, precisely how they differ 

from the requirement of the tenderer. In later case the tenderer shall enclose a separate statement as per Performa 

given indicating only the deviations for any clause or sub-clause of General Conditions of Contract, Special 

Conditions of Contract, Instructions to Tenderer, Technical Specifications/Supplement, Preamble etc. which he 

proposes with detailed justifications for deviations proposed. The purchaser reserves the right to accept or reject 

these deviations and his decisions thereon shall be final (see Form No. 10). 

3.2.3 The equipment and material offered shall be in accordance with the drawings and specifications. Details of 

deviations from drawings and specifications should be clearly indicated and in such an event, a certificate from the 

users must be furnished to the effect that the product offered performs the requisite functions satisfactorily & is an 

alternative acceptable in one or more other countries. The name of user in those foreign countries should also be 

indicated. 

3.3 Tenders submitted by the tenderer/s who have not purchased the tender document shall be summarily rejected. 

3.4 These specifications documents describe the material to be furnished, work to be performed and the method of 

construction for complete installation in strict accordance with drawings and specifications mentioned herein and 

such instruction as any from time to time given by the Railway. It should be clearly understood that the contractor 

agree to furnish, with-out any extra cost, anything and everything necessary for the complete installation and its 

reliable, safe and satisfactory working except such items as are specifically stated as being supplied by the Railway in 

this specification and at the time of placing the contract by written agreement, the Contractor shall quote for the work, 

giving all information. 

3.5 All corrections and over writings in the tender document must be attested. 

3.6 The tendered should read the conditions carefully and also see the schedule of work before submitting the offer and 

also ascertaining site conditions and the magnitude of works involved. 

3.7 Telex and incomplete offer will be summarily rejected. 

3.8 Conditional tenders are liable to be rejected straight away. Railway reserves the right to reject such tenders 

summarily without assigning any reason whatsoever. 

3.9 Where there is any conflict between Instructions to tenderers, Conditions of Contract, Special Conditions of Contract, 

Tender forms, the schedule of works and quantities on the one hand and General Conditions of Contract and on the 

other, the former shall prevail. 

3.10 If any sub contract is placed against this contract, specific approval shall be taken from competent authority, i.e. 

Chief Signal & Telecom Engineer/(Project)/Chief Signal & Telecom Engineer/ Construction,/ Dy.Chief Signal & 

Telecom Engineer/Construction/Sr.Signal & Telecom Engineer/ Construction as indicated in volume-1 before placing 

the order. 

3.10.1 In the event of the Contractor's subletting or assigning this contract or any part thereof without such permission, the 

purchaser shall be entitled to cancel the contract and to purchase the stores elsewhere on the contractor's account and 

risk and the contractor shall be liable for any loss or damage which the purchaser may sustain in consequence or 

arising out of such purpose in terms of Clause No.7 of Part-II of General Conditions of Contract of N.Rly. 

3.11 Tender documents are not transferable. The cost of tender paper is not refundable. 

3.12 No Foreign Exchange and/or Import License will be released/provided to the contractor in connection with this 

contract. 

3.13 TENDERER’S ADDRESS 

Tenderer shall state in the tender his postal address fully and clearly. Any communication sent to the tenderer by post 

at his said address, shall be deemed to have reached the tenderer duly and timely, not withstanding the fact that the 

communication could not reach the tenderer at all or in time for whatever reason. Important documents shall be sent 

by Registered Post. 

3.14 AUTHORITY FOR ACCEPTANCE 

The authority for acceptance for the tender will rest with the purchaser. The purchaser shall not be bound to accept 

the lowest or any tender or to assign any reason for non-acceptance or rejection of any tender. 

3.15 WRONG INFORMATION BY TENDERER 

If the tenderer deliberately gives wrong information in his/their tender, creates/create circumstances for the 

acceptance of his/their tender, the railways reserve the right to reject such tender at any stage. 

3.16 LEVY OF TOKEN PENALTY 

3.16.1 Attention is invited to clause 17(B) of the GCC and clause 8.1 of tender condition according to which time is the 

essence of the contract. The competent authority while granting extension to the currency of contract under 17(B) of 

GCC may also levy token penalty as deemed fit. 

3.17 “All payments in respect of the contract during the currency of the contract shall be made through National 

Electronic Fund Transfer (NEFT) or Real Time Gross Saving (RTGS). The successful tenderer on award of contract 



must submit RTGS/NEFT Mandate form complete in all respects as detailed an annexure-J of the tender document. 

However, if the facility of RTGS/ NEFT is not available at a particular location, the payments shall be made by 

cheque. In such cases the successful tenderer on award of contract will have to furnish contractor’s Bank Account 

Numder and Name of the Bank against which all payments in respect of the contract during the currency of the 

contract shall be made”. 



CHAPTER – II 

CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT 

1. AGREEMENT 

The successful tenderer, shall within 21 days after having been called upon by notice to do so be bound to execute an 

agreement based on accepted rates and conditions, in such form as the Railway may prescribe, and lodges the same 

with the Railway together with the conditions of contract, specifications and schedule of prices referred to therein 

duly completed. The form (Form 1) of agreement is enclosed with this tender document. 

1.1 CONTRACTOR’S OFFICE AND STORES DEPOT 

The Contractor shall, within a month of issue of letter of acceptance of tender, establish an office and store depot at a 

convenient place for receiving and storing equipments and materials and progressing field work expeditiously in 

consultation and with the approval of the purchaser. He shall intimate the purchaser and address thereof, to which all 

correspondence should be sent. Any communication sent to the contractor by post at his said address shall be deemed 

to have reached the contractor duly and in time. Important documents shall be sent by Registered Post. 

2.1 PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE (REVISED). 

a) The successful bidder shall have to submit a Performance Guarantee (PG) with in 30 (thirty 

days from the date of issue of Letter of Acceptance (LOA). Extension of time for submission 

of PG beyond 30 (thirty) days and upto 60 days from the date of issue of LOA may be given 

by the Authority who is competent to sign the contract agreement. However, the penal 

interest of 15% per annum shall be charged for the delay beyond 30 (thirty) days i.e. from 

31 st day after the date of issue of LOA. In case the contractor fails of submit the requisite PG 

even after 60 (sixty) days from the date of issue of LOA, the contract shall be terminate by 

issuing notice under relevant provisions of General Conditions of Contract duly forefeiting 

EMD and other dues, if any payable against that contract. The failed contractor shallbe 

debarred from participating in re-tender for this work. 

b) The successful bidder shall submit the Performance guarantee (PG) in any of the following 

forms, amounting to 5% of the contract value: 

i) A deposit of Cash, 

ii) Irrevocable Bank Guarantee, 

iii) Government Securities including State Loan Bonds at 5% below the market value. 

iv) Deposit Receipts, Pay Orders, Demand Drafts and Guarantee Bonds. These forms of 

performance Guarantee could be either of the State Bank of India or of any of the 

Nationalized Banks. 

v) Guarantee Bonds executed or Deposits Receipts tendered by all Scheduled Banks; 

vi) A deposit in the Post Office Saving Bank; 

vii) A deposit in National Saving Certificates; 

viii) Twelve years National Defence Certificates; 

ix) Ten years Defence Deposits; 

x) National Defence Bonds; 

xi) Unit Trust Certificates at 5% below market value or at the face value whichever is less 

and: 

xii) FDR (Free from any encumbrance). 

NOTE : The instruments as lested above will also be acceptable for Guarantees in case of 

mobilization advance. All the instrments mentioned in (iii) to (xii) above should be 

in favour of FA&CAO/C /NR or Dy. FAO/CAO/C/NR. 

c) (i) A performance guarantee shall be submitted by the successful bidder after the letter of 

acceptance has been issued, but before signing of the contract agreement. This P.G. 

shall be initially valid upto the stipulated date of completionplus 60 days beyond that. In 

case, the time foe for completion of work gets extended, the contractor shall get the 

validity of P.G. extended to cover such extended time for completion of work plus 60 

days. 



(ii) 

(iii) 

(iv) 

If Railway PSUs are awarded contracts through competitive bidding (Open tender, 

Special Limited Tender etc.) the normal rule regarding submission of Performance 

Guarantee as applicable to other tenderer/s shall be applicable to these PSUs. 

Whenever the Railway PSUs are awarded works contracts by Railways, on single tender 

basis, they are exempted from the requirement of submitting Performance Guarantee. 

However, in the event of failure of the Railway PSU to successfully execute the contract 

as per terms & conditions laid down in the agreement, a penalty equivalent to 5% of the 

original value of contract would be levied. 

d) The value of PG to be submitted by the contractor will not change for variation upto 25% 

(either increase or decrease). In case during the course of execution, value of the contract 

increases by more than 25% of the original contact value, an additional Performance 

Guarantee amounting to 5% (five percent) for the excess value over the original contract 

value shall be deposited by the contractor. 

e) The Performance guarantee shall be released after physical completion of the work based on 

the ‘completion certificate’ issued by the competent authority stating that the contractor 

has completed the work in all respects satisfactorily. The certificate, inter alia, should 

mention that the work has been completed in all respects and that all the contractual 

obligations have been fulfilled by the contractor and that there is no due from the contractor 

to Railways against the contract concerned. The competent authority shall normally be the 

authority who is competent to sign this contract. If the competent authority is of the rank 

lower than JA grade, then a JA Grade Officer (concerned with the work) should issue the 

certificate. The Security Deposit shall, however, be released only after expiry of 

maintenance4 period and after passing the final bill based on ‘No Claim Certificate’ from the 

contractor. 

f) Whenever the contract is rescinded, the security deposit shall be forfeited and the 

performance guarantee shall be encashed. The balance work shall be got done 

independently without risk and cost of the failed contractor. The failed contractor shall be 

debarred from participating in the tender for executing the balance work. If the failed 

contractor is a JV or a partnership firm, the every member/partner of such a firm shall be 

debarred from participating in the tender for the balance work in his/her individual capacity 

or as a partner of any other JV/partnership firm. 

g) The Engineer shall not make a claim under the performance Guarantee except for amounts 

to which the President of India is entitled under the contract (not with standing and/or 

without prejudice to any other provisions in the contract agreement) in the event of: 

i) Failure by the contractor to extend the validity of the performance Guarantee as 

described herein above, in which event the Engineer may claim the full amount of the 

Performance Guarantee. 

ii) Failure by the contractor to pay President of India any amount due, either as agreed by 

the contractor or determined under any of the clauses/conditions of the agreement, 

within 30 days of the service of the notice to this effect by Engineer. 

iii) The contract being determined or rescinded under provision of the GCC the performance 

guarantee shall be forfeited in full and shall be absolutely at the disposal of the 

President of India. 

2.2.1 SECURITY DEPOSIT ON ACCEPTANCE OF TENDER 

The Security deposit/rate of recovery/mode of recovery on acceptance of tender shall be as under:- 

a) Security deposit for each work will be 5% of the contract value . 

b) The rate of recovery will be at the rate of 10% of the bill amount till the full security 

deposit is recovered. The total security deposit recoverable from a contractor 

including the amount of earnest money deposited with the tender as given in clause 

above will not exceed the security amount recoverable at the rate mentioned above. 

c) For works less than 50 crore, Security deposit will be recovered from the running 

bills of the contract and the other mode of collecting SD such as SD in the form of 

instruments like BG,FD etc. shall not be accepted towards security deposit. 



2.2.2 The security deposit shall be forfeited whenever the contract is rescinded. The Security Deposit unless forfeited in 

whole or in part according to the terms and conditions shall be released to the contractor only after the expiry of the 

maintenance period and after passing the final bill based on ‘no claim certificate’. Thus before releasing the SD, an 

unconditional and unequivocal no claim certificate from the contractor concerned should be obtained. The 

competent authority should issue the certificate regarding the expiry of the maintenance period and passing of the 

final bill based on ‘no claim certificate’. The competent authority shall normally by the authority who is competent 

to sign this contract. If the competent authority is of the rank lower than JA grade, then a JA grade officer (concerned 

with the work) should issue the certificate. 

After the work is physically completed security deposit recovered in cash from the running bills of a contractor can 

be returned to him, if he so desires, in lieu of FDR/irrevocable Bank guarantee for equivalent amount valid for the 

maintenance period + 60 days to be submitted by him. The various instruments as listed for performance 

Guarantee(clause 5.2) will be acceptable for the purpose. This facility is subject to the issue of physical completion 

certificate as envisaged in para 5.2(c ). 

NOTES 

No Interest will be payable upon the Earnest money and security deposit or amounts payable to the contractor 

under the contract. 

2.2.3 The President shall be entitled to deduct from the said Security Deposit any loss or damages which the Railways may 

be put to be reasons of any act of default on the part of contractor and may call upon the contractor to replenish and 

maintain the deposit at its original limit by making further deposit. In the event of the contractor failing to deposit 

within time and in the manner aforesaid the RLY. shall be entitled to cancel the contract and forfeit the security 

deposit. 

2.2.4 Exemption of Earnest Money & Security Deposit: 

Public Sector Undertaking wholly owned by Railways like RITES, IRCON, Konkan Railway Corporation 

Limited, CRIS, Rail-Tel Corporation etc. are exempted from depositing Earnest Money & Security Deposit. 

2.3 FORFEITURE OF DEPOSIT. 

The Security Deposit/Performance Bank Guarantee referred to above shall be forfeited to the Railway in the event of 

any breach on the part of the contractor of the terms of this contract without prejudice to the Railways right to rescind 

the contract and other rights & remedies warranted by law. 

2.4 REFUND OF SECURITIES. 

The security deposit unless forfeited in whole or in part according to the terms and conditions shall be returned to the 

contractor after the physical completion of the work as certified by the competent authority. The competent authority 

shall normally be the authority who is competent to sign this contract. If the competent authority is of the rank lower 

than JA grade, then a JA grade officer (concerned with the work) should issue the certificate. The certificate, inter 

alia, should mention that the work has been completed in all respects and that all the contractual obligations have 

been fulfilled by the contractors and that there is no due from the contractor to Railways against the contract 

concerned. Before releasing the SD an unconditional and unequivocal no claim certificate from the contractor 

concerned should be obtained. 

3. ILLEGAL GRATIFICATION 

3.1 Any bribe, commission fits or advantage given, promised or offered by or on behalf of the contractor or his partner, 

agent or servant of anyone of his or on their behalf to any officer, or employee of the Railway or to any Person on his 

or their behalf in relation to the obtaining or the payment of any loss or damage resulting from such decision, and the 

Railway shall be entitled to deduct the amounts so payable from and moneys due to the contractor under the contract 

or any other contracts with the Railways. 



3.2 The contractor shall not lend or borrow from or enter into any monetary dealings or transactions either directly or 

indirectly with any employees of the Railway and if he shall do so the Railway shall be entitled forth with to rescind 

the contract and all other contracts with the railway. Any question or dispute as to the committing or any offense or 

compensation payable to the Railway under this clause shall be settled by the General Manger of the Railway in such 

manner as he shall be consider fit and sufficient and his decision shall be final and conclusive. 

4. PATENT RIGHT AND ROYALTIES. 

The contractor shall indemnify the Railway from and against all claims and proceedings for or on account of 

infringement of any patent rights, trade marks or name of other protected rights in respect of any information of 

materials supposed or used in connection with this contract and from and against all claims, proceedings, damages, 

costs, charges and expenses whatsoever in respect thereof or in relation there to except where otherwise specified, the 

contractor shall be liable for the payment, if any for the said information or material supplied or used and 

documentation. 

5. FORCE MAJEURE 

If, at any time, during the continuance of the contract arrangement, the performance in whole or in part by either 

party of any obligation under the agreement shall be prevented or delayed by reasons of any war, hostile acts of the 

enemy, Civil commotion, sabotage, fires, floods explosions, epidemics, guarantee restrictions, strikes and lockouts 

and any statute, statuary rules regulations, orders or requisitions issued by any Government Dept. of a competent 

authority or acts of God (hereinafter referred to as eventualities) then provided notice of the happening of any such 

eventuality is given by either party to the other within fifteen days from date of occurrence thereon, neither party 

shall, by reason of such eventualities be entitled to terminate this contract agreement nor shall either party have any 

claim for damages against the other in respect of such non-performance of delay in performance. Performance of the 

contract agreement shall, however, be resumed as soon as practicable after such eventuality has come to an end or 

ceased to exist. Provided that, if the performance in whole or part of any obligation under the contract agreement is 

delayed by means of any such eventuality for a period exceeding six months, either party may at his option, terminate 

the contract agreement provided further that in the event of such prevention or delay as aforesaid, then, instead of 

exercising the option, both parties may consult with each other with a view to agreeing between them the action 

mutually to be taken in order to minimize the effects of such prevention or delay and continue the operation of this 

contract agreement. 

6. USE OF RAILWAY LAND 

Use of Railway land, required by the contractor for constructing temporary office, quarters, hutment etc. for the staff 

and the storing materials etc. will be permitted to him free by Railway if available. The location of these officers, 

hutment, stores etc. will be subject to the approval of the Engineer or his representative. The land will be restored to 

Railway by the contractor in the same condition as when taken over or in the vacant condition as desired by the 

Engineer, after completion of the work or any earlier date specified by the Engineer. The failure to do so will make 

the contractor(s) liable to pay the cost incurred by the Railway for petty possession of the land. 

7. EMERGENCY WORKS. 

In the event of any accident of failure occurring in or about the work or arising out of or in connection with the 

construction, completion or maintenance of the works which in the opinion of the Engineer requires immediate 

attention, the Railway may bring its own workmen or other agency to execute or partly execute the necessary work or 

carry out repairs if the engineer considers that the contractor/s is/are not in a position to do so in time and charges the 

cost there of, as to be determined by the CSTE(C)/Dy.CSTE/SSTE (refer Vol.-1) to the contractor. 

8. NIGHT WORK. 

Not withstanding the provision in the General Conditions of Contract, if the Engineer is satisfied that the work is not 

likely to be completed in time except by resorting to night work, he may order the contractor/s to carry out the works 

even at night without conferring any right on the contractor for claiming any extra payment for the same. All 

arrangement in this connection shall be made by the contractor at his own cost. 

9 ELECTRICITY. 

9.1 Any electric supply required at site for what so ever purpose shall be arranged by the contractor. The contractor/s 

shall be responsible for the arrangement for obtaining electric supply at his own cost, and the rates quoted shall 

include the cost of providing electric supply arrangements required for the work. 

9.2 If required by contractor/s the Railway may give required assistance by recommending to respective state Electricity 

Board for giving necessary electric connection to the contractor for execution of works. 



10. WATER CHARGES 

The contractor(s) shall make his/their own arrangements for potable and other water supply required for the execution 

of the work as well as his labour. However, if water is supplied by the Railway, the contractor(s) will have to pay 

water charges as laid down in the General conditions of contract and in addition, the contractor(s) will have to pay 

charges as levied by the corporation Municipality. 

11. CESS CHARGES 

a) For contractor’s labour employed and residing at station and in colonies where sanitary facilities exist, contractor will 

be required to pay cess charges as per rules in force on the Railway from time to time. 

b) For labour working between stations or at isolated places where Railway facilities do not exist, the contractor shall 

be required to provide necessary sanitary facilities for his labour in terms of clause 59 (A) of the General conditions 

of the contract. In case, of any failure on his/their parts, the necessary facilities shall be provided by the Railway 

Administration at the cost of contractor and expenditure thus incurred will be recovered from his/their bills. 

c) The tenderer for carrying out any construction work in_________(name of the state) must get themselves registered 

from the Registering officer under section-7 of the building and other construction workers Act,1996 and rules made 

thereto by the __________(name of the state)Govt. and submit certificate of Registration issued from the Registering 

officer of the _________ (name of the State) Govt. (Labour Deptt.). For enactment of this Act, the tenderer shall be 

required to pay cess @ 1% of cost of construction work to be deducted from each bill. Cost of material shall be 

outside the purview of cess, when supplied under a separate schedule item. 

12. INCOME TAX DEDUCTION 

Under Section 194-C of the Income Tax Act, 1961 deduction of 2% plus surcharge as applicable on Income Tax will 

be made for sums paid for carrying out the work under this contract. In case of supply contract for ballast, deduction 

of 2% (Two Percent) Income Tax will be made for the sums paid for labour portion only (i.e. loading, unloading, 

stacking, measurement and laying etc.). 

i) Deduction of Income Tax at source as per provisions of Finance Act and Income Tax Act in force shall be made from 

the Contractor/Sub-Contractor and the amount so deducted may be credited to the Central Government. 

ii) Wherever the law makes it statutory for the Purchaser to deduct any amount towards Sales Tax on Works Contract, 

the same will be deducted and remitted to the concerned authority. 

a) Sales tax including turn over tax on works contract, octroi, toll tax, local tax, duties/levies as well as services and 

other tax levied by the Central Govt., State Govt. or local bodies as applicable on the date of quoting the rates 

and any charges there-in at a later date, shall be considered to be included in the rates quoted by the tenderer in 

the tender schedule. 

b) Rlys. Shall deduct the sales tax/turnover tax or any other tax from the contract’s bill at the rate as applicable as 

per rules framed by the concerned Govt./local bodies from time to time and remit it to the concerned deptt. and 

shall issue a certificate regarding Tax/Duties/levies so deducted on demand by the contracator. 

13.1 CONTRACT LABOUR LICENSE 

The contractors are required to produce incense as enjoined in the Govt. of India Contractor Labor (regulation and 

abolition) Act, 1978. They shall not be allowed to undertake or execute any work through Contract labour except 

under in accordance with a license issued under the said act in that behalf by the authorized licensing officer. 

13.2 CARE OF STAFF 

No quarter will be provided by the Railway for the accommodation of the contractor or any of his staff employee or 

the work. The contractor may be allowed to erect any labour camps for housing the labour at or near the site of works 

on available Railway land subject to the payment of cess and water charges. The contractor shall at his own cost 

make all necessary and adequate arrangement for the importation, feeding and preservation of the hygiene of the 

staff. The contractor shall permit inspection at all times of all sanitary arrangements made by him by the Engineer or 

his Assistant or the medical staff or the Railway. If the contractor fails to make adequate, sanitary arrangements these 

will be provided by the Railway, the cost there of being recovered from the contractor. 



14. DAMAGE BY THE ACCIDENTS, FLOODS OR TIDES; 

a) The contractor shall take all precautions against damages, accident, floods or tide. No compensation will be allowed 

to the contractor for his plant or material lost or damaged by any cause what so ever. The contractor shall be liable to 

make good the damage to any structure or part of structure plant or material of every description belonging to the 

administration lost or damaged during the course of the contractor’s work. 

b) The administration will not be liable to pay to the contractor any charges for rectification or repair to any damage 

which have occurred from any cause whatsoever to any part of the new/existing structure during construction. 

15. VARIATION OF QUANTITY (REVISED) 

15.1 The tenderer/contractor will be bound to execute the additional quantities on the 

following terms and conditions. 

15.1.1 Variation in items whose agreement value is more than 1% of the total original agreement value 

(Major value items): 

a) Individual NS items in contract can be operated with variation of plus or minus 25% 

and payment would be made as per agreement rate. 

b) “SOR schedule as a whole” in contract can be operated with variation of plus or 

minus 25% and payment would be made as per agreement rate. 

However, in case of NS item the limit of 25% would apply on the individual items 

irrespective of the manner of quoting the rate (single percentage rate or individual 

item rate). 

c) Operation of an individual NS items/ “SOR schedule as a whole”, in excess of 125% 

but up to 140% of their respective agreemental quantity shall be paid at 98% of the 

agreemental rate. 

d) Operation of an individual NS items/ “SOR schedule as a whole”, in excess of 140% 

but up to 150% of their respective agreemental quantity shall be paid at 96% of the 

agreemental rate. 

e) Operation of an individual NS items/ “SOR schedule as a whole”, in excess of 150% 

of their respective agreemental quantity, if reauired by Railway in exceptional 

circumstances, shall be paid at 96% of the agreemental rate, unless otherwise defind 

in the agreement. 

Variation in items whose agreement value is less than 1% of the total original agreement value 

(Minor value items): 

Such items (i.e. NS items / “SOR schedule as a whole” can be operated with variation of plus or 

minus 100% of their respective agreemental quantities and the payment would be as per their 

respective agreemental rate. However, rates for variation of such items beyond 100% shall be 

decided as per General Contitions of the contract and prevailing codal provision. 

15.2 No such quantity variation limit shall apply for foundation items. 

15.3 In case the over all revised agreemental value goes beyond 150% of original agreemental value 

in exceptional circumstances, due to variation of additional quantities, the tederer/contractor 

will be bound to execute the additional quantities on negotiated rates. 

15.4 QUANTUM OF WORK/INCREASE OR DECREASE OF QUANTITIES: 

The Railway shall be entitled at any time before completion of the work as detailed in the contract to increase 

or decrease the ordered total quantities of each item of schedules shown in the contract. The increase or 

decrease in quantity shall be by not more than 25% of the ordered total quantity at the same price, terms and 

conditions as stipulated in the contract by giving a notice in writing to that effect to the contractor and the 

contractors shall be bound to execute the quantities so ordered according to the revised time schedule advised 

by the Railway. 



15.5 Railway may increase/decrease the quantity at any or more locations, partly or fully within the above 

percentage. 

16. INSURANCE. 

16.1 The contractor shall take out and keep in force a policy or policies of insurance against all liabilities of the contractor 

or the Railway at common law or under any statute in respect of accidents to persons who shall be employed by the 

contractor at or about the site or the contractor’s office for the purpose of carrying out the works on the site. The 

contractor should also take out and keep in force a policy or policies of insurance against all recognized risks to their 

offices depots. Such insurance shall in respects be to the approval of the Railway Administration and if he so 

requires, in his name. 

16.2 The contractor shall take out and keep in force a policy or policies or insurance for all materials handed over to him 

irrespective or whether used up in the portion of work already done or kept for use for the balance portion of the work 

until such works are handed over the Railway. For this purpose, the works are deemed to have been banded over 

when final acceptance certificates issued by the Engineer after the completion of all the acceptance tests to be 

conducted on the works. The contractor shall not be liable for losses/damages to materials either used up in the 

portion of work or the materials kept for use at site, in consequence or mutiny or other similar causes over which the 

contractor has not control and which can be insured. Such loses or damages shall be the liability of the Railway. 

16.3 The contractor should however, insure the stores brought to site against risks in consequence or war and invasion, as 

required, under emergency risk (goods) Insurance Act in force. 

16.4 The contractor shall take out all insurance covers in connection with this contract with the General Insurance 

Corporation of India. 

17. SAFETY MEASURES. 

17.1 The contractor shall take all possible precautions to ensure that non e of his work knowingly or otherwise cause 

interference to the circuits of equipment in use and give rise to unsafe conditions or dislocation of traffic. 

17.2 No work shall be taken above or under or adjacent to any line of the Railway in consequence of which it may 

become necessary to foul any such line or it in any way prejudice the same for safe passage of traffic until look out 

men and hand signal men as kept by the Engineer or his representative, have taken their duties. 

17.3 The contractor shall take all precautionary measures in order to ensure the protection of their own personnel moving 

about are working on the Railway premises, but shall, then confirm to the rules and regulations of the Railway. If 

and when, in the act of the work there is likely to be any danger to person in the employment of the contractor due to 

running traffic while working in the Railway siding and premises, the contractor shall apply in writing to the Railway 

to provide flagman or look out man for protection of such persons. The Railway will, however, decide as to whether 

it is necessary to post men required to protect the gangs of contractor(s) staff working at site, fireman for various 

types of work and also the number of such. The Railway shall remain indemnified by the Contractor in the event of 

any accident occurring in the normal course of risk, arising out of the failure of contractor or his men to exercise 

reasonable precaution at all places of work whether or not the Railway has posted flagman at any particular site of 

work. The flagman will be appointed by the Railway and expenses on this account will be charged to the contractor. 

17.4 While working within station limits especially on passenger platforms the contractor shall ensure that at all times 

sufficient space is left for free movement of passenger traffic. He must barricade the excavations carried out in areas 

and continue to maintain these, till the work is completed with a view to avoid any accident to the public or to 

Railway staff. 

17.5 The work must be carried out most carefully without any infringement of the Indian Act or the General and 

Subsidiary Rules in force on the Railway in such a way that they do not hinder Railway operation nor effect the 

proper functioning or damage any Railway equipment, structure or rolling stock except as agreed to by the Railway 

provided that all damages and disfiguration caused by the contractor at his own expenses failing which the cost of 

such repairs shall be recovered from the contractor. 

17.6 If a safety of track etc. is affected, as a consequence of work under taken by the contractor, the contractor shall take 

immediate steps to restore normal condition. In case of delay, the Railway shall, after giving due notice to the 

contractor in writing take necessary steps and recover the cost from the contractor. 



17.7 No work including testing and commissioning on the points, track circuits equipment working signaling gears, 

internal wiring, cable termination etc. should be done unless and until contractor’s technical supervisor is present at 

site and has been authorized by Railway. 

17.8 The contractor will programme his work in such a manner so as not to interfere in the working and movement of 

trains. No extra payment shall be allowed on this account and for taking any precautions or wastage of contractor’s 

labour, time etc. to trains working. 

17.9 No contractor’s vehicle should ply adjacent to running lines. He shall be responsible for the safety of vehicles used by 

him. 

17.10 “Contractor(s) executing the works adjacent to the existing Railway track for e.g. doubling, gauge conversion, yard 

remodeling etc. will take all care for avoiding any damage to the underground/OH services such as S&T cables, 

electric cables/wires, pipeline /sewer lines etc. They must ensure that the work is started after obtaining clearance in 

writing from the Engineer-in-charge regarding the route for Signaling /Electrical cables/Water supply/Sewer lines etc. 

However, if any damage occurs during execution, he will immediately report the same to the Engineer-in-charge and 

stop the work further till clearance for restarting the work is given by the Engineer –in-charge. It may be further noted 

that if it is proved that damage is occurred due to the negligence on the part of the contractor, the cost of the damage 

will be recovered from him/them. The decision of Engineer-in –charge will be final and binding upon the 

contractor(s)”. 

18. SITE CLEARANCE; 

At the end of the work at the station, the contractor shall as part of his contractual obligation leave the area 

completely cleared of rubbish and obstructions of all kinds according to the instructions of the Railway’s 

representative. Besides he will take all necessary steps in the course of the execution of the work to avoid the 

presence of loose earth and ballast on the platform in drains on the track formations and pathways in the vicinity. If 

within a fortnight of completion of the particular item at the site of work, the refuge is not cleared the Railway will 

arrange to get them removed at the cost of the contractor. However, before the Railway actually gets the site cleared, 

intimation in writing shall be sent to the contractor. 

19. PROGRAMME OF WORK/OBLIGATION TO CARRY OUT ENGINEER’S INSTRUCTIONS. 

19.1(a) The Contractor shall have necessary resources to execute the work so that the entire work is completed within a 

period as mentioned in tender documents from the date of issue of Letter of Acceptance of Tender. The priority of 

each item for taking up the work shall be as decided by the Railway and the contractor shall take up the work only as 

per the order of priorities assigned by the Railway for the purpose. 

19.1(b) Within a period of 15 days beginning from the date of issue of the letter of acceptance the tenderer shall submit the 

detail time schedule for the execution of work based on the conditions in consultation with Railway to the authority 

mentioned in the preamble and approved by the later in writing before commencement of work. 

19.2 The engineer incharge will also decide priorities location-wise as well as priority in respect of inside vis-à-vis outside 

work based on completion of other activities from Railway side like Civil Engineering Work and Contractor shall 

abide by the same. 

19.3(a) Contractor will deploy additional staff including supervisors, artisan, skilled and semi-skilled etc. during N.I. period 

to ensure that the commissioning of the entire work is completed as per the block or non-interlocking plans by N.Rly. 

In case the Contractor/s is/are not able to deploy adequate manpower during N.I. and Railway’s labour/manpower is 

to be deployed for the purpose to complete the work in time. The expenditure incurred by Railway towards 

employment of such staff shall be deducted from the Contractor’s payment. 

19.3(b) The contractor will programme his work in such a manner so as not to interfere in the working and movement of 

trains. No extra payment shall be allowed on this account and for taking any precautions or wastage of contractor’s 

labour, time etc. due to train working. 

19.4 The Contractor shall be held responsible for the execution of the works according to the time schedule given in the 

tender document for the execution of the work in full compliance of the specifications and the various clause of the 

supplement “Technical” specifications. Failure to comply with any of these will be dealt with as per provisions laid 

down in the General Conditions of the Contract and instructions for tenders of the Engineering Department of the 

Zonal Railways on whose jurisdiction the work falls. 



19.5 The contractor on his part will have to employ labour in full strength commensurate with working area available. He 

will also arrange matching materials and equipment to complete the job most expeditiously so as to ensure that the 

work is completed in phases with the stipulated period. 

19.5.1 PROGRESS REPORTING: 

a) The contractor shall submit to Railways at his own cost periodic progress reports at regular intervals regarding the 

state and progress of work. The details and pro-forma of the report will mutually be agreed after award of the 

Contract. Such reports shall be for daily manpower, equipment and plant development, weekly work progress and 

monthly progress review reports. All actions as directed by Railway pursuant to such reports shall be promptly 

attended to by Contractor. 

b) The purchaser’s engineer shall also conduct monthly meetings with the contractor to assess and review the 

programme of works. The action proposed to progress the work as planned, difficulties, assistance required etc. shall 

be clearly brought out and remedial action taken. The minutes of these meetings shall be jointly signed by Railways 

and contractor. 

19.6 ENGAGEMENT OF QUALIFIED ENGINEER 

The Contractor/s shall employ the following technical staff during the execution the work: 

a) One Graduate Engineer when the cost of the work to be executed is Rs. 15 lakhs and above. 

b) One Identified diploma holder when the cost of work to be executed is more than 5 Lakhs but less than Rs. 15 Lakhs. 

Technical staff should be available at site whenever required by the Engineer-in-charge to take instructions. In case 

the Contractor(s) fails/fail to employee the technical staff as aforesaid, he/they shall be liable to pay a reasonable 

amount not exceeding a sum of Rs.2000/- (Rupees two thousands only) for each month of default in case of graduate 

engineer and Rs. 1000 (Rupees one thousand only for each month of default in case of diploma holder. 

c) The decision of the Engineer-in-charge as to the period for which the required technical staff was not employed by 

the Contractors and as to the reasonableness of the amount to be deducted on this account shall be final and binding 

on the Contractor. 

d) The contractor or his representative will accompany the purchaser’s engineer or engineers on inspection or proceed to 

their office/offices whenever called upon to do so. 

19.7 The Contractor should nominate a Competent Supervisor/Engineer as his representative on the works who will be 

authorized to receive and acknowledge materials issued by the Railway and take all orders issued by the Inspecting 

Officer of the Railway. 

19.8 Inspection Register shall be maintained at the site of work by the Railway where in instructions regarding the 

working etc. shall be recorded by the Engineer or his executive subordinates. It is expected of the contractor or his 

representative at the site to note such instructions whenever asked upon to do so and take action accordingly. 

19.9 No facility whatsoever e.g. provision of approach road and provision of temporary level crossing etc. will be 

provided by Railway for carting materials. Approach roads within the Rly. limits can be used for carting materials. 

19.10. Technically it is considered that the work of cable laying should not be tackled under moist conditions. Hence the 

work of cable laying should be stopped before the on set of monsoon and the contractor shall have this in his mind 

while submitting his detailed time schedule. 

19.11 DEFAULT AND DELAY 

The contractor shall execute the work with due diligence and expedition, keeping to the approved time schedule. 

Should he refuse or neglect to comply with any reasonable orders given to him or comply with any reasonable orders 

given to him in writing by the Purchaser’s Engineers in connection with the work or contravene the provision of the 

contract or the progress of work lags persistently behind the time schedule due to his negligence the purchaser shall 

be at liberty to give seven days notice in writing to the Contractor requiring him to make good the neglect on 

contravention complained of and should the contractor fail to comply with the requisitions made in the notice within 

seven days from the receipt thereof, it shall be lawful for the purchaser to take the work wholly or in part out of the 

contractor’s hands without any further reference and get the work wholly or in part out of the contractor’s hands and 

get the work or any part thereof, as the case maybe, completed by other agencies at the expenses of the contractor 

without prejudice to any other right or remedy of the Purchaser. 

19.12 EXECUTION OF WORK : 

All the work shall be executed in strict conformity to the provisions of the contract document and according to 

detailed drawings, specifications and instructions as may be approved from time to time by Railway based on 

detailed design and engineering carried out by contractor in line with requirements as per contract document. 

The contractor shall be responsible for ensuring that the work throughout are executed in the most substantial, proper 

and workmanlike manner with the quality of material and workmanship in strict accordance with the specifications 

and as per sound industrial practices and to the entire satisfaction of the Railway. In case of any doubts regarding any 

particulars of construction and any ambiguities in the plans, the decision of the purchaser’s engineer shall be final and 

binding on the contractor 



20 OTHER RAILWAY STORES. 

If any material included in the list of materials to be supplied by the contractor is supplied by the Railway either at 

the contractor’s request/or suomoto in order to prevent any possible delay in the execution of the work likely to occur 

due to the contractor’s inability to make adequate arrangements for supply, as also his failure to return excess unused 

material supplied by Railways, then recovery will be made from contractors bill at the book rate or the last purchased 

rate or the prevailing market rate whichever is higher plus 5% on account of initial freight and 2% on account of 

incidental charges together with supervision charges at 12-1/2% of the total cost inclusive of material, freight 

incidental charges. Freight between the Railway sources of supply and the site of work shall be to the contractor’s 

account. If, however, the material required by the contractor is not available in Railways stock or the Railway 

decides not to supply the same be that for whatever reasons, the Railway shall not be bound to arrange for the supply 

at the cost quoted above or at any other cost nor will this fact be accepted as an excuse for delay in execution of 

works. 

21. SUPPLY OF MATERIALS: 

21.1 MATERIAL TO BE SUPPLIED BY RAILWAYS 

21.1.1 The material to be supplied by Railways free of cost are given in Volume-1. This will be taken by the contractor from 

the Railway stores as indicated in Volume-1. The quantities would be determined by Railways according to the 

quantum of work to be done. Contractor shall be responsible for checking before taking delivery, whether all the 

materials given to him are in good condition. Receipt of the material taken shall be given on prescribed proforma as 

per Form No.5 by the contractor or his representatives, Clearly mentioning the details of material and the quantities 

received. The left out of unused material shall be returned to the stores (as indicated in Vol. I) by the contractor and 

no extra charges shall be paid by Railways. Transportation of material from Railway stores to the site of work shall 

be arranged by the contractor. The contractor is entirely responsible and shall bear all expenses for loading, 

transportation and unloading of all materials, equipment, machines, tools and plants etc. from the place of supply to 

the Railway stores depot as indicated in Volume-1. Loading and unloading of the same to the site will be done by the 

contractor at his cost. The responsibility for damage to any equipment during transportation and till it is taken over by 

Railways after commissioning of the link shall be that of tenderer. 

21.1.2 All the materials supplied by the Purchaser shall be correctly accounted for and the quantities reconciled on 

completion of the work by the contractor. On completion of the work all surplus materials supplied by the Purchaser 

together with the one found defective or that have become defective or broken on account of defective materials 

and/or workmanship shall be returned to him by the contractor. From contractor’s bill, recovery for the failure to 

return unused material referred to above shall be made as per clause 20 of Conditions of Contract Chapter-2 Volume- 

II. 

21.1.3. In case of supply of cable by Railways, the cable will be supplied to the contractor upto an extent of cable length at a 

time i.e. in correspondence to the trenching. The contractor will submit timely request to the Railways for the supply 

of cable in correspondence with the trenching ready in all respects. 

21.2 MATERIAL TOBE SUPPLIED BY CONTRACTOR 

21.2.1 The materials to be supplied by the contractor as per schedules enclosed with the tender document will be procured 

from RDSO approved sources if the item appears in RDSO approved list. In case of items not appearing in RDSO 

approved list of material, the material shall be procured from reputed suppliers or their authorized representatives, 

shall be of best quality and shall conform to relevant specifications, design and drawings duly inspected by RITES/ 

RDSO/Rly.Consignee. The contractor may be required to produce test certificates from the manufacturers whenever 

called for by the Engineer in Charge. 

21.2.2 Before procuring the material to be supplied by contractor, the contractor shall submit the names and addresses of 

Suppliers from whom it is proposed to procure the materials required to be supplied in the tender and shall take 

approval of railways for the same. 

21.2.3.1 All materials required for the execution of the contract other than those specifically shown as being supplied by the 

Railways in this document shall be arranged and supplied by the contractor as detailed in the scope so as to realise the 

end objectives. The material supplied and used by the contractor shall be best quality available. 



21.2.3.2 The quantities of equipment and material to be supplied by contractor are indicated in schedule of work. The supply 

of equipment and material shall also include required installation and other materials and documents etc. which may 

not be specifically mentioned herein, but which are usually necessary for completing the work in all respects. The 

materials supplied and used by the contractor shall be of best quality available. Quantities of equipment and material 

to be supplied by contractor are indicated in the schedule of works. These material/equipments are to be supplied at 

the stores as specified in vol.-I 

21.2.4 SUPPLY OF TECHNICAL LITERATURES, DOCUMENTATION, DRAWINGS & COMPLETION 

PLANS ETC. 

a. The supply of equipment and materials shall include supply of two sets of printed documents from the original 

equipment manufacturers with each equipment. The documents should include all software documentation required 

for the equipment. 

b. Except where printed documents are supplied with each equipment by original equipment manufacturer, all other 

documentation and information shall be prepared using CAD. All the documentation and drawings etc. shall be 

supplied in two sets of CD. The drawings etc. shall also to be supplied in duplicate on J.K. Copier/maplitho white 

paper to facilitate taking out copies on plain paper copier. In addition four complete sets of such documents shall 

also be supplied for ready use duly bounded in good plastic folders. 

c. The supply of equipment and materials shall also include necessary documentation related to training on the 

maintenance of equipment in sufficient number of copies and one videocassette to the extent specified elsewhere in 

this agreement. 

21.3 Other than the material to be supplied as per the schedule, Volume-1 indicates the list of materials to be supplied by 

the contractor free of cost but not limited to, as required for completing the work as per standard plans, drawing etc. 

In addition to the above, if any other petty material, which may be considered necessary for execution of the work 

according to specification of drawing, is required, the same shall be supplied by the contractor free of cost. 

21.4 In case cement is supplied by Railways, the empty cement bags for the supply of cement shall be property of the 

contractor and the cost of the same shall be recovered at the rate of Rs.2/- per empty cement bag from the “on 

account” bill of the contractor. The Railway, however, reserves its right to take empty bags as are in good conditions 

and in that case no recovery will be made for bags so taken back. These rates will apply for bags deteriorated while in 

use and not found acceptable to the Railway so taking back from the contractor. 

21.5 SUPPLY OF CEMENT BY CONTRACTOR 

The relevant paras of the tender conditions for supply of cement by contractor given in Enclosure-1 volume-2 will be 

applicable. 

21.6 No extra charges shall be paid to the contractor towards carriage, loading and unloading and handling etc. of the 

above materials indicated above required for execution of the work and the rates quoted by the contractor shall be 

inclusive of all such charges. 

21.7 The contractor shall be responsible for undertaking repairs, if any, to crates, cable drums packing cases etc. for safe 

transport of materials from Railways specified depot to the site of work. No extra payment will be made on this 

account. 

21.8 DISPOSAL OF EMPTY CABLE DRUMS; 

Empty cable drums, wooden crates and other packing materials used for supply of Railway’s materials to the 

contractor shall be the property of the Contractor excepting the cable drums having unused cable exceeding 50 

mt./length. This cable will be rolled back in the same cable drum and handed over to the Railway Engineers. If 

otherwise the cable can be handed over loose and the cost of the cable drum shall be recovered at the rate of Rs. 300/- 

per empty drum from the running bills of the Contractor. The Railway, however, reserves is right to take empty 

drums that are in good condition and in such cases no recovery will be made for the drums so taken back. 

22. Security of all materials in the section where the work is in progress shall be the contractor’s responsibility and he 

shall arrange to guard the same from thefts by outsiders or his labour. In the event of any loss, the contractor shall be 

responsible to that effect and shall execute an indemnity bond for the materials that will remain in his custody, which 

has been supplied by the Railway. The stores lost, when under custody of the contractor, will be made good by the 

contractor. 



23. STORAGE OF MATERIALS; 

The storage of materials, tools and machinery used by the contractor shall be done in an orderly manner and anything 

used by the contractor for the execution of the work should in no way cause danger or hindrance to the working of the 

Rly. or to the movement of its staff or passengers. 

24. INDEMNITY BOND AND STANDING BANK GUARANTEE AGAINST MATERIALS SUPPLIED TO 

CONTRACTOR. 

The contractor shall furnish a standing Indemnity Bond in Form No.4 for materials supplied to him by Railways 

under Clause-21 of Conditions of Contract. The contractor shall also furnish a Standing Bank Guarantee as per Form 

No.3 for a sum of Rs.1,00,000/- = (Rupees one lakh only) for materials supplied by Railway direct from the time he 

commences taking delivery of the materials to the time the materials are used in execution of work and quantities 

finally reconciled. 

25. TESTS & MEASURING INSTRUMENTS, SPECIAL TOOLS AND INSTALLATION MATERIAL 

25.1 The contractor shall make such tests as may be necessary to demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Railway that the 

apparatus and the system as installed are in accordance with the specification and contract. The contractor shall 

provide such instrument and apparatus as may be necessary for conducting such tests. 

25.2 The following tests on equipment and installation shall be made (in addition to tests enumerated in draft Indian 

railway standard specification No. RDSO/SPN-13 for “Electrical signaling and interlocking fitting” and tests 

specified in Clause-27 of the general conditions). 

a) Service tests to determine that protective device function as intended. 

b) Service test to determine that control system function as intended. 

c) Test to determine that all circuits conform to approved circuit plan by individually electrically checking each 

contact/selection. 

d) Test of all electrically operated devices to determine that its electrical operating characteristics are in accordance with 

specifications designated by the Railway. 

e) Test of insulation resistance of each completed circuit in accordance with engineering’s instruction. 

f) The insulation resistance shall be not less than as specified in the Signal Engineering Manual issued by the Ministry 

of Railways. 

g) The responsibility of fault location of the defective or inoperative installation during the execution and testing 

restoration thereof shall be that of the contractor. 

h) The contractor shall co-operate in conducting tests and trials and wherever defects/deficiencies are required to be 

attended to or made good, will be complied with promptly. 

26. INSPECTION OF MATERIALS/ INSPECTION OF INSTALLATION. 

In addition to what is indicated in General Conditions of Contract, following shall also be adhered to by Tenderer: - 

A) PROTOTYPE TESTING : 

i) The equipment with valid type approval shall be supplied by the contractor (after the prototype is approved by the 

inspecting agency). Prototype testing is not required for those equipment for which the type approval have already 

been issued by the Research, Design & Standards Organisation, Lucknow. 

ii) In respect of equipment ordered to TEC specifications, valid type approval already issued by TEC will be acceptable. 

iii) In case prototype testing becomes necessary, the contractor shall offer two nos. of prototype units of each equipment 

fully meeting the technical specifications and providing all facilities for prototype approval by Railways within the 

time schedule specified in the tender. The approval will be given by the Railways after joint tests by the contractor 

and railways. At least one qualified Engineer of the contractor who is fully conversant with the equipment shall be 

associated throughout the prototype testing and he will be co-ordinating the prototype testing and shall be responsible 

for preparing test reports. These tests will include factory testing including environmental testing and at least two 

months of field evaluation trials. 

iv) All cost of all tests for prototype approval shall be borne by the contractor. 

building and power supply free of cost for field trial only. 

Railways shall provide facilities of 



v) In case adequate test facilities and test instruments required for prototype testing cannot be made available within the 

country, such tests shall be carried out at the manufacturing plant of the collaborators or any other test center abroad 

agreed mutually. Railways shall nominate two engineers for supervising the test, which will be in addition to the 

engineers nominated by the contractor for this purpose. All costs for such test abroad and Railway personnel shall be 

borne by the contractor including the Traveling and staying charges of Railway personnel. 

vi) Tenderer shall submit a complete plan for prototype testing and approval, giving the detailed test procedure, the type 

and specification of measuring instruments used. The test procedure may be modified by the railway in consultation 

with contractor to ensure that the prototype is tested as per technical specifications. All measuring instruments 

and other accessories required for the prototype testing and approval shall be provided by the contractor free of cost. 

vii) The plan for field testing of prototype equipment shall be so prepared that all major sub system could be tested in an 

integrated link to confirm that the equipment of various design and manufacture shall interface properly and perform 

as per required specifications. 

B) INSPECTION 

26.1 Inspection of all materials to be supplied under this contract will be carried out by the Railway. The insp. charges of 

inspection will be to the Railway’s account subject to other provisions here in contained. The contractor shall give at 

least 4 weeks notice to the purchaser or his nominee to enable him to arrange necessary inspection. 

26.2 Materials appearing in RDSO approved list as per IRS/RDSO design or specification shall be inspected by RDSO 

before they are finally used in works. Materials other than this will be inspected by purchaser/Engineer or his 

representative/RITES. Telecom items of DOT/TEC specification which are inspected by RDSO usually shall also be 

got inspected by RDSO. 

26.3 In case RDSO do not inspect an item on account of item being of small value or shows inability to inspect the 

material for any reasons, the same may be inspected by consignee or any other Railway representative. 

26.4 The cost of all test and/or analysis effected at the manufacture of contractor’s works shall be borne by the contractor. 

26.5 The expenses of travel, boarding and lodging for Railway’s Engineer/agent deputed for inspection shall be borne by 

the Railway. 

26.6 Materials put up for inspection shall be exactly for the type and quantity laid down in the schedule of works. Any 

variation shall require the prior approval of the Railway before the material is manufactured or tendered for 

inspection. 

26.7 Railway’s Engineer will, inspect and test the work at all stages and shall have full powers to reject all or any work 

that may be considered defective or inferior in quality of material of poor workmanship or design. The contractor 

shall carry out such tests at his cost as are necessary in the opinion of the Railways to ensure necessary compliance of 

the specifications of the contract. 

26.8 All material brought to site can be erected only after inspection and acceptance by the Engineer incharge or his 

authorized representative. 

26.9 During the execution of the contract, samples may be taken for the purpose of test and/or analysis under the 

conditions laid down in specifications, such samples to be prepared for testing and forwarded to the testing agency 

and shall be free of all cost of the Railway. 

26.10 The contractor will be called upon to pay all the expenses incurred by the Railway in respect of any work or materials 

found to be defective or of inferior quality, adulterated or otherwise unacceptable. 

26.11 The completed installation at all stages shall be subjected to checks and test as decided by Railways and the 

contractor shall be liable to remedy such defects as discovered during these checks and test and make good all 

deficiencies brought out. However, complete installation will be taken over finally on completion of the full system, 

it will be the responsibility of the contractor to rectify any discrepancy noticed within a period of one month from the 

date the complete system is taken over. For the purpose of taking over, joint inspection will be carried out by 

SSTE/ASTE and CSI/SSE(T). The contractor should make himself or his representative available at the time of joint 

inspection. The decision of the Engineer shall be final in the matter. 

26.12 The contractor shall advise the Railway 15 days in advance the time when his portion of the work will be completed 

by him and be ready for inspection. The Railway will make inspection after the advice of completion of work is 

received from the Contractor. 

26.13 Although the contractor’s portion of the work shall be inspected by the Railway as indicated above, it is possible that 

certain defects may appear at the time of installation. The contractor shall be responsible to rectify these defects to the 

satisfaction of the Railway. 

26.14 During inspection of installation by Railway Engineer the contractor shall make such tests as would be necessary to 

demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Railway that the work as completed by him is in accordance with the 

specifications of the contract. The contractor shall provide such instruments and apparatus as may be necessary for 

making these tests. 



26.15 In case of cable laying before the cables are actually laid contractor’s representative and the Engineer’s 

representative shall jointly inspect the quality and depth of trenches, chases, quality of bricks and arrangements for 

tamped filling. The measurements of length for all these items will be suitably recorded by the Engineer’s 

representative who will permit the laying of cables after issuing the certificates in Form No. 13 enclosed that the 

above work have been done as required by the Specifications. 

26.15.1 QUALITY ASSURANCE 

a) The tenderer shall submit along with the tender the quality control plan including full details of in-house quality 

assurance organization, procedures and documentation. During the manufacturing process, proper record shall be 

maintained for the inspection and test carried out according to this plan. 

b) In the event of Railways waiving off the inspection, all tests provided in the test schedules approved by Railways 

shall be carried out by the quality assurance organization and proper record of all such tests and results thereof shall 

be maintained and supplied to Railways on demand. 

27. The contractor shall give the Railway or inspecting authority nominated by Railway clear 10 days notice/or more if 

required for inspection of material so as to ensure that the progress of works is not delayed on this account in any 

manner. All the letters submitted to the inspecting authority shall be given to the Engineer in charge after due 

acknowledgment from the inspecting authority. 

28. INSPECTING OFFICER - POWER OF REJECTION 

Inspecting Officer will have powers to reject the store, if 

28.1 They are not in accordance with the contract or owing to the adoption of any unsatisfactory method of manufacture. 

28.2 To reject any stores submitted as not being in accordance with the particulars. 

28.3 To reject the whole of the installment tendered for inspection if after inspection of such portion thereof, as he may in 

his discretion think fit, he is satisfied that the same is unsatisfactory. 

28.4 To mark the rejected stores with a rejection mark, so that they may be easily identified if resubmitted. 

28.5 The Inspecting officer’s decision as regards the rejection shall be final and binding on the contractor. 

29. CONSIGNEE’S RIGHT OF REJECTION 

Notwithstanding any approval which the inspecting officer may have given in respect of the stores or any materials or 

the work or workmanship involved in the performance of the contract (whether with or without any test carried out 

by the contractor or the inspecting Officer or under the direction of the inspecting officer) and notwithstanding 

delivery of the stores where so provided to the interim consignee it shall be lawful for the consignee, on behalf of the 

purchaser, to reject the stores or any part, portion of consignment thereof within a reasonable time after actual 

delivery thereof to him at the place or destination fixed in the contract if such stores or part, portion of consignment 

thereof is not in all respects in conformity with the terms and conditions of the contract whether on account of any 

loss, deterioration or damage before dispatch or delivery or during transit or otherwise howsoever. 

30. REJECTED STORES 

30.1 When any stores delivered at the consignee’s depots are rejected, this shall be removed by the contractor within 21 

days from the date of rejection. Such rejected stores shall lie at the contractor’s risk from the date of rejection. If the 

stores are not removed by the contractor within this period, the purchaser or his nominee shall have the right to 

dispose of such stores, as deemed fit, at the contractor’s risk and account. 

30.2.1 The purchaser shall also be entitled to recover from the contractor, handling and ground rent/demurrage and any other 

charges for the period the rejected stores are not removed after the aforementioned period. 

30.3 Stores that have been dispatched by rail and rejected after arrival at destination may be taken back by the contractor 

either at the station where they were rejected or at the station from which they were dispatched. If the contract is 

placed for delivery F.O.R. station of dispatch, the contractor shall pay the carriage charges on the rejected 

consignment at public Tariff Rates from the station of dispatch to the station where they were rejected. If the 

contractor prefers to take back the goods at the station from which they were dispatched, the goods shall, in addition, 

be booked back to him, freight to pay at Public Traffic Rates and at owner’s risk. 

31. CONSEQUENCES OF REJECTION 

31.1 If on the stores being rejected by the Inspecting Officer or consignee at the destination, the contractor fails to make 

satisfactory supplies within the stipulated period of delivery, the purchaser shall be liberty to :- 



i) Request the contractor to replace the rejected store forthwith but in any event not later than period of 21 days from 

the date of rejection and the contractor shall bear all the cost of such replacement, including freight, if any on such 

replacing and replaced stores but without being entitled to any extra payment on that or any other account. 

ii) Purchase or authorize the purchase of quantity of the stores, rejected or others of a similar description (when stores 

exactly complying with the particulars are not readily available, in the opinion of the purchaser, which shall be final), 

without notice to the contractor , at his risk and cost and without affecting the contractor’s liability as regards to the 

supply of any further installment due under the contract, or, 

iii) Cancel the contract and purchase or authorize the purchase of the stores or other of a similar description (when stores 

exactly complying with the particulars are not readily available, in the opinion of the purchaser, which shall be final) 

at the risk and cost of the contractor. In the event of action being taken under sub-clause above or this sub clause, the 

provisions relevant clause of the General Conditions of Contract, shall apply as far as applicable. 

31.2 Where under a contract, the price payable is fixed on F.O.B. part of export or F.O.R. dispatching station, the 

contractor shall, if the stores are rejected at the destination by the consignee, be liable in addition to his other 

liabilities including refund of price recoverable in respect of the stores so rejected, to reimburse to the purchaser, the 

freight and all other expenses incurred by the purchaser in this respect. 

32. SPECIFICATION, DRAWING, REQUISITES AND REQUIREMENT 

32.1 Specifications, drawings, requisites and requirements referred to in the body of this specification form an essential 

part thereof, The sources from which the drawings & specifications referred to in this Tender can be obtained are 

indicated in para 32.2. 

32.2 The installation shall comply with the requirements of the Signal Engineering Manual and General and Subsidiary 

Rules as applicable, it shall also confirm to the Schedule of Dimensions and the Rules for Opening of Railways. 

These books are available with Hd.Qrs. Office, Baroda House, as well as the concerned field unit executing the work 

and can be given on loan if required for reference. Besides these, installation shall comply with requirements of 

Engineering Code, P-way Works and Way manual wherever applicable. 

32.3 If, in the opinion of the tenderer, he is in a position to offer additional facilities and safeguards that have not been 

covered by these specifications, full and complete details of the facilities and the safeguards with their costs shown 

separately, must be furnished with the tender. 

32.4 DRAWINGS 

The plan for the stations, showing the following information, shall be made available at the time of execution of the 

work. 

i) Grades and alignments. 

ii) Position of signals, their type and movements controlled by them. 

iii) Level crossing gates and whether they are interlocked. 

iv) Over bridges, under bridges, culverts, etc. The signaling plans, locking table, standard cable, core chart for the 3 

stations & wiring diagram shall be made available at the time of execution of work. 

32.5 After the Contract is awarded, the Railway shall furnish to the Contractor, free of charge, a reasonable number of 

prints of the plans and such other drawings as the Railway may consider necessary for proper execution of the work. 

32.6 No change shall be made in any approved drawing without written consent of the Railway. 

33. MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP 

33.1 Material and workmanship shall be first class in every respect. 

33.2 Any damage to Railway structure caused during the execution of work for e.g. damage to flooring, wall, painting 

etc.) be got rectified by the Contractor with his own materials and labour. 

33.3 Material shall be in accordance with specifications and drawings specified or approved by the Railway. 

34. EXCEPTED MATTERS 

All measurement, method of measurement, meaning and inter specification and interpretation of special condition of 

contract, given and made by the Railway or by the Engineer shall be final & binding and shall be considered excepted 

matters in terms of condition No.63 of the Northern Railway Engineering department General condition of contract, 

regulations and instructions for TENDERERS and standard forms of contract (1999) as corrected up to date. 

35. MEASUREMENT 



i) The measurement of quantities for the purpose of payment of the contractor shall be undertaken jointly by the 

representative of the Engineer and the contractor in the course of and on completion of work item-wise as included in 

the schedules attached hereto. 

ii) The measurement of quantities shall be made only after ensuring conformity with the specifications and various 

clauses of the supplement” Technical Specification”, and additional Technical Specification/Installation practices. 

36. PAYMENTS 

36.1 ON ACCOUNT PAYMENT FOR ITEMS OTHER THAN ITEM OF SUPPLY 

36.1.1 DEDUCTION FROM ON ACCOUNT PAYMENT BILLS: 

(i) All costs, damages or expenses, which Railways may have paid or incurred, which under the provisions of contract 

are Contractor’s obligations will be deducted by Railways from progress payment Bills/Invoice of contractor, as and 

when it is understood that such an expenses has been incurred or paid for. 

(ii) All such claims of Railways shall, however, be duly supported by appropriate and certified vouchers, receipts or 

explanations as are available to enable the contractor to identify such claims. 

. 

36.1.2 “ON ACCOUNT” payment shall be made separately for each item/sub item of work given in the Schedule of work. 

The bill shall be submitted by the contractor for each items of work as have been executed by him. 

36.1.3. The “ON ACCOUNT” payment shall not exceed 90% of the total on account payment due to the contractor on the 

rates indicated in the Schedule of work. For this purpose, the payment to the contractor at each on account stage shall 

be restricted to 90% of the amount calculated on the basis of rates indicated in the Schedule of work. 

36.2 PAYMENT FOR SUPPLY ITEMS 

Subject to any deduction which the Railway will be authorized to make under the terms of contract that may be 

applicable while accepting the tender, the Contractor shall be entitled for payment as follows:- 

36.2.1 90% of the cost of material for supply items shall be paid along with receipt of material accompanied by inspection 

certificate from the authorities mentioned in para 26.1, 26.2 & 26.3 

36.2.2 Balance 5% payment of supply items shall be made on complete installation and commissioning of the particular 

equipment. 

36.2.3 100% will be paid for spares and for items which are not required to be erected by the contractor on receipt of the 

equipment duly inspected by the nominated inspection authority and no loss certificate by the consignee. 

36.2.4 Balance 5% of the supply items will be paid on commissioning of the station. 

Note: 

For mixed items, where supply and erection cost is taken together, 80% of the accepted cost shall be paid on 

supply, 10% on the installation and testing of the item , 5% shall be paid on commissioning of that station and 

balance 5% shall be paid at the time of final payment. 

36.3 FINAL PAYMENT 

On the basis of final acceptance certificate issued by the Engineer for all the works covered in this contract, the final 

bill for the balance payment including 5% of supply items and other than supply items shall be submitted by the 

contractor along with “NO CLAIM CERTIFICATE”. The final acceptance certificate shall be issued by Engineer 

when. 

i) He has accepted the work wholly. 

ii) The maintenance period is over. 

iii) All the released materials are handed over by the contractor correctly and stocked as indicated. 

iv) Material reconciliation done and all the unused Railway materials returned to Railway Stores in good condition. 

36.3.1. FINAL SETTLEMENT: 

On expiry of the warranty period and issue of the certificate of final acceptance of the entire installations the 

security deposit will be refunded or Bank Guarantee released to the Contractor after adjustment of any dues payable 

by the contractor. 

36.4 SUBMISSION OF BILLS 

The supplier/contractor should insert the following clause in the bill while claiming payments for supplies: - 



“We certify that no additional duty set offs, on the goods supplied by us have accrued under the MODVAT Scheme 

in force on the date of supply after we submitted out quotations submitted the present bill”. 

36.5 “All payments in respect of the contract during the currency of the contract shall be made through National Electronic Fund 

Transfer (NEFT) or Real Time Gross Saving (RTGS). The successful tenderer on award of contract must submit RTGS/NEFT 

Mandate form complete in all respects as detailed an annexure-J of the tender document. However, if the facility of RTGS/ NEFT 

is not available at a particular location, the payments shall be made by cheque. In such cases the successful tenderer on award of 

contract will have to furnish contractor’s Bank Account Numder and Name of the Bank against which all payments in respect of 

the contract during the currency of the contract shall be made”. 

37. LIEN IN RESPECT OF OTHER CONTRACTS 

Any sum or sums of money due and payable to the Contractor (including the security deposit returnable to him) 

under the contract may be withheld or retained by way of lien by the purchaser against any claim of this or any other 

Railways or any other department of the Central Government in respect of payment of a sum of money arising out of 

or under any this or any other Railway or any other department of the Central Government. 

38. LONG TERM AVAILABILITY OF SPARES AND SYSTEM SUPPORT 

38.1 The tenderer shall undertake to supply on payment all maintenance spares and tools required for the equipment 

during its lifetime. He shall also undertake to supply additional equipment required for replacement for expansion of 

the network that may become necessary due to additional traffic requirements. The price variation formula adopted in 

pricing such maintenance spare and additional supply that may be ordered in future shall be decided by mutual 

discussions. 

38.2 The manufacturer shall guarantee that spares part for the system shall be available for a minimum of eight years after 

acceptance of the system and thereafter at least 2 years notice shall be given to the Railways before any equipment or 

components are discontinued or phased out from the manufacturing plans. This will enable the Railways to assess the 

lifetime requirement of spares needed and order in sufficient quality prior to stoppage of the manufacture. 

38.3 That the successful tenderer shall further guarantee that if he goes out of production of spare parts he shall supply the 

specifications of materials at no cost to the purchaser, if and when required in connection with the equipment to 

enable the purchaser to fabricate or procure from other sources. 

38.4 The supplier shall recommend and provide, prior to the system acceptance, calibration procedures. The 

recommendation shall include a list of the various calibration instruments, recalibration periods and extent of 

preventive maintenance for each test instrument. 

39. MAINTENANCE/OBSERVATION OF INSTALLED GEARS 

39.1.1a) MAINTENANCE OF WORKS: 

The contractor shall at all times during the progress and continuance of the works and also for the period of 

maintenance specified in the tender form and after the date of passing of the certificate of completion by the 

Railway's representative or any other earlier date subsequent to the completion of the works that may be fixed by 

Railway's representative be responsible for and effectively maintain and uphold in good, substantial, sound and 

perfect condition all and every part of the works and shall make good from time to time and at all times, as often 

as the Railway's representative shall require, any damage or defect that may during the above period arise in or be 

discovered or be in any way connected with the works, provided that such damage or defect is not directly 

caused by errors in the contract documents, act of providence or instruction or civil riot, and the contractor shall 

be liable for and shall pay and make good to the Railways or other persons legally entitled thereto whenever 

required by the Railway's representative so to do, all losses, damages, costs and expenses they or any of them may 

incur or be put or be liable to, by reason or in consequence of the operations of the contractor or his failure in 

any respect. 

39.1.1 b). PLACING IN SERVICE & MAINTENANCE SUPERVISION : 

i) After the equipment has been commissioned & placed in service and Provisional Acceptance certificate issued by 

Purchaser’s Engineer, the contractor shall be responsible for proper maintenance supervision of the equipment for a 

period of 12 months from the date of commissioning. For this purpose he shall prepare a maintenance plan and make 

available the services of qualified maintenance engineer stationed at the location approved by Purchaser's Engineer 

who will guide and supervise the work of Railways maintenance staff. The maintenance engineer of the tenderer 

will visit all the stations at least once in a month and attend to any fault on the systems. 



ii) During this period of maintenance supervision if any lacuna is noticed in the functioning as a result of any defect in 

design or manufacture, the same will be rectified by the contractor free of cost. During such rectification if 

any faulty equipment/modules need replacement or repair, they shall be provided by the contractor from the set of 

equipment or modules that the contractor should bring to the site of installation in addition to all the materials to be 

supplied against this contract. Use of spare modules covered under the Schedule of material of this tender shall not 

be permitted to be used during installation, commissioning and maintenance supervision period without personal 

approval of purchaser representative. Spares, so issued under unusual circumstances, should be replaced by the firm 

within seven days of the issue of spares. 

39.1.2 PROVISIONAL ACCEPTANCE : 

i) Immediately after the completion of the work at each station or after completion of work in a block section 

herein after referred as sub-section, the contractor shall certify and advise the purchaser in writing that the 

installation is (i) complete, (ii) ready for satisfactory service and (iii) ready to be handed over. He will also place 

at the disposal of the purchaser the required staff for inspection, testing and putting it into operation. 

ii) The test or tests specified in Section - III Technical specification will be conducted jointly by the purchaser and 

contractor as soon as possible after receipt of advice of completion of one sub-section by the purchaser 

from the contractor. The test schedule shall be furnished by the tenderer, which will be modified by mutual 

discussion between the contractor and Railway before finalization. Any component, modules, sub-assemblies or 

equipment failing during the commissioning test shall be replaced/repaired free of cost by the tenderer. 

iii) Purchaser's Engineer shall issue a Provisional Acceptance certificate for successful commissioning of whole system 

covering all materials and services included in the Schedule of works, after the final acceptance test as per the 

approved test procedure have been completed and the performance has been found to meet the specifications. 

Railways decision in this respect shall be final. The Provisional acceptance certificate shall be signed by both the 

parties. The period of maintenance of works shall commence from the date of such certificate. 

iv) The Purchaser's Engineer may issue such a certificate with respect to any part of the works before the completion of 

the whole of the works or with respect to any substantial part of the works which has been both completed to the 

satisfaction of the Purchaser's Engineer and occupied or used by the Railway and when any such certificate is given 

in respect of a part of the works, such part shall be considered as completed and the period of maintenance of 

such part shall commence from the date of such certificate. For out door cable laying works the provisional 

acceptance certificate may be issued after the jointing/termination is completed and block circuits 

are transferred on quad cable. 

v) Should the result/s of inspection and test be not satisfactory, an extension of one month will be granted to the 

contractor to make good the defects and deficiencies pointed out by the purchaser. Fresh inspection and test 

will then be carried out after the contractor has attended to the defects and deficiencies. If these tests are 

also not satisfactory the purchaser may proceed at the contractor's expense by all means deemed expedient, to 

have the installation made satisfactory until they comply with the specifications, and approved drawings and 

designs. 

vi) In such a case or in the case of delay in completing the work under this contract within the time limit the purchaser 

reserves the right, if he deems it possible to use in a reasonable manner any part of the installation even if some 

installations are not completely erected. The purchaser will give to the contractor for this purpose 7 days previous 

notice. The contractor shall then take at his own expense all necessary steps to complete the work in accordance with 

the provisions of the contract. In case it becomes impossible to proceed with the above mentioned taking over tests 

or reasons other than for which the contractor is responsible, the Provisional Acceptance Certificate shall be issued at 

or within a mutually agreed reasonable period not exceeding six months after completion of installation. 

vii) The issue of provisional acceptance will not be withheld for rectification or minor defects as distinct from 

rejected equipment, which may not be essential for commissioning and operation of the installation. In such 

cases, only the value of the materials and cost of the rectification of the minor defects shall be withheld from the 

payments on provisional acceptance until rectification is completed. 

39.1.3 FINAL ACCEPTANCE : 

i) The final acceptance of the entire equipment installed in the section shall take effect from the date of expiry of 

the period of maintenance supervision as defined in para- 39.1.1(b)or the expiry of the last of the respective 

period of Maintenance Supervision of various sections for which Provisional Acceptance Certificates are issued or 

brought into full fledged operation, provided that the contractor has complied fully with his obligations under 

clause 39.1.1(b) in respect of each section under the contract 



ii) If on the other hand the contractor has not so complied with his obligation under para 39.1.1(b) in respect of any 

section, the purchaser may either extend the period of maintenance supervision in respect of that section until the 

necessary works are carried out by the contractor or carry out those works suo-moto on behalf of the contractor at the 

contractor's expenses. After expiry of the period of maintenance supervision for each section, a certificate of 

Final Acceptance for the section shall be issued by the purchaser and the last of such certificate will be called the 

Last and Final Acceptance Certificate. The contract shall not be considered as completed until the issue of Final 

Acceptance Certificate by the purchaser. 

iii) The purchaser shall not be liable to the contractor for any dispute arising out of or in connection with the contract 

or execution of the work unless the contractor have made a claim in writing in respect thereof before the issue of 

Final Acceptance Certificate under this clause. The contractor shall be debarred from disputing the correctness of the 

items caused by the no claim certificate or demanding a reference to Arbitration in respect thereof. 

iv) Notwithstanding the issue of Final Acceptance Certificate, the contractor and the purchaser (subject to Sub Clause as 

above) shall remain liable for fulfillment of any obligation incurred under the provision of the contract prior to the 

issue of Final Acceptance Certificate which remains unperformed at the time such certificate is issued and for 

determining the nature and extent of such obligation, the contract shall be deemed to remain in force between the 

parties hereto. 

39.2 GUARANTEE 

In addition to the provisions in this regard listed in General Conditions of Contract, following shall apply: - 

i) All equipments and system supplied by the Contractor shall be guaranteed against the defects for a period of twenty 

four months from the date of commissioning of work and placing in service. The warranty for the work of 

trenching, laying, jointing and commissioning of optical fibre & copper cables, installation & commissioning of 

control office and way station equipment etc. shall be twelve months. 

ii) During the period of warranty, the contractor shall remain responsible to arrange replacement and for setting right at 

his own cost any equipment installed by him, which is of defective manufacture or design or becomes unworkable 

due to any cause whatsoever. The decision of the Railway's representative in this regard to direct the contractor to 

attend to any damage or defect in work shall be final and binding on the Contractor. 

iii) During the period of warranty, the contractor shall be responsible to the extent expressed in this clause for any 

defects that may develop under the conditions provided for by the contract and under proper use, arising from faulty 

materials, design of workmanship in the plant, or from faulty execution of the plant by the contractor but not 

otherwise and shall remedy such defects at his own cost when called upon to do so by the Purchaser who shall 

state in writing in what respect the portion is faulty. 

iv) If it becomes necessary for the contractor to replace or renew any defective portions of the system under this clause 

the provisions of this clause shall apply to the portions of the plant to be replaced or renewed until the 

expiration of six months from the date of such replacement or renewal or until the end of the warranty period 

whichever may be later. If any defect is not remedied within reasonable time, the purchaser may proceed to do the 

work at contractor's risk and expense, but without prejudice to any other rights which the purchaser may have 

against the contractor in respect of such defects. 

v) If the replacement or renewal are of such a character as may affect the efficiency of the system the purchaser shall 

have the right to give to the contractor within one month from such replacement or renewal notice in writing for 

the tests to be carried out. The cost of all such tests shall be borne by the contractor. 

vi) All inspections, adjustments, replacements or renewals carried out by the contractor during the supervised 

maintenance period shall be governed by the special conditions of this contract. 

vii) Until the final certificate shall have been issued, the contractor shall have the right of entry, at his own risk and 

expense, by himself or his duly authorised representatives, whose names shall have previously been communicated 

in writing to the purchaser at all reasonable working hours upon all necessary parts of the works for the purpose 

of inspecting the working and the records of the system and taking notes there from and, if he desires at his own 

risk and expense, making any tests subject to the approval of the purchaser which shall not be unreasonably 

withheld. 

39.2.1 INDEMNIFYING RAILWAY AGAINST LOSSES INCURRED 

In subject of this guarantee the contractor shall make his security deposit, as required under para 2 of these 

Conditions of Contract, valid to cover the period of guarantee also. 



39.2.2 All inspections, adjustments, replacements or renewals carried out by the contractor during the maintenance period 

shall be subject to the same conditions of the contract. 

39.3 TRAINING 

i) The tenderer shall undertake to train Railway engineers and other staff nominated by the Railways in different 

aspects of equipment designs, functioning, field installation, testing, commissioning, operation, maintenance and 

repair, covering both hardware and software. The training should be comprehensive for transfer of complete knowhow 

so as to impart full knowledge and competence to independently and successfully execute the installation, 

operation, maintenance and repair of all equipment. The training courses should, apart from formal class room 

training, include hand on practical experience and visits to working installation. 

ii) The contractor shall at every stage of installation, testing and commissioning shall provide all facilities for adequate 

training of Railway personnel who may be deputed to work on the project. 

iii) The requirement of training in man-weeks has been indicated in the schedule of works. The tenderer shall quote 

for the man week rates and Railways shall have the right to vary the training period indicated in the schedule of 

works. 

iv) In the event of any equipment/sub-system being manufactured in India in technical collaboration with foreign firm 

by the tenderer or any of its sub-contractor, approximately half of the training provided in the schedule shall be 

arranged at the collaborator's premises/training center and the remaining portion at the working installations. 

Details of training proposal shall be submitted by the tenderer. 

v) Set of documents related to training in adequate quantity shall be provided. 

vi) All expenses for travel to and from the place of training, boarding and lodging of the trainees shall be borne by the 

Railways. 

40.1 ARBITRATION 

(i) In the event of any dispute or difference between the parties hereto as to the construction or operation of this 

contract, or the respective rights and liabilities of the parties on any matter in question, dispute or difference on any 

account or as to the withholding by the Railway of any certificate to which the contractor may claim to be entitled 

to, shall be referred by the contractor to the GM and the GM shall be within 120days after receipt of the contractor’s 

representation make and notify decisions on all matters referred to by the contactor in writing or if the GM fails to 

make a decision within 120 days, then and in any such case, but except in any of the 'excepted matters' (matters not 

arbitrable and decision of the Rly authority, thereon shall be final and binding on the contractor, provided further that 

‘excepted matters’ shall stand specifically excluded from the preview of the arbitration clause), the contractor, after 

120 days but within 180 days of his presenting his final claim on disputed matters shall demand in writing that 

the dispute or difference be referred to Arbitration. 

(ii) The demand for arbitration shall specify the matters which are in question or subject of the dispute or difference as 

also the amounts of claim item-wise. Only such dispute(s) or difference(s) in respect of which the demand 

has been made, together with counter claims or set off, given by the Railway, shall be referred to arbitration and 

other matters shall not be included in the reference. 

(a) The Arbitration proceedings shall be assumed to have commenced from the day, a written and valid 

demand for arbitration is received by the Railway. 

(b) The claimant shall submit his claim stating the facts supporting the claims along with all relevant documents 

and the relief or remedy sought against each claim within a period of 30 days from the date of appointment of 

the Arbitral Tribunal. 

(c) The Railway shall submit its defence statement and counter claims, if any within a period of 60 days of 

receipt of copy of claims from Tribunal thereafter, unless otherwise extension has been granted by Tribunal. 

(iii) No new claim shall be added during proceedings by either party. However party may amend or supplement the 

original claim or defence thereof during the course of arbitration proceedings subject to acceptance by 

Tribunal having due regard to the any objection in making it. 



(iv) If the contractor(s) does/do not prefer his/their specific and final claims in writing, within a period of 90 days of 

receiving the intimation from the Railways that the final bill is ready for payment, he/they will be deemed to 

have waived his/their claim(s) and the Railway shall be discharged and released of all liabilities under the 

contract in respect of these claims. 

40.2 OBLIGATIONS DURING PENDENCY OF ARBITRATION : 

Work under the contract shall, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, continue during the arbitration 

proceedings, and no payment due or payable by the Railway shall be withheld on account of such proceedings, 

provided, however, it shall be open for Arbitral Tribunal to consider and decide whether or not such work should 

continue during arbitration proceedings. 

40.3(a)(i) In cases where the total value of all claims in question added together does not exceed Rs.10,00,000/- (Rupees 

Ten Lakhs only), the Arbitral Tribunal shall consist of a sole arbitrator who shall be a gazetted officer of 

Railways not below the grade of JA Grade nominated by the General Manager in that behalf. The sole arbitrator 

shall be appointed within 60 days from the day when a written and valid demand for arbitration is received by GM. 

40.3(a)(ii) In cases not covered by clause 40.3(a)(i), the Arbitral Tribunal shall consist of a panel of three Gazetted 

Railway Officers not below JA Grade or two Rly. Gazetted officers not below JA grade and a retired Rly. Officer, 

retired from not below the rank of SAG officer, as the arbitrators. For this purpose, the Railway will send a panel 

of more than 3 names of Gazetted Railway Officers of one or more departments of the Railway which may also 

include the names of retired Rly officers empanelled to work as Rly arbitrator, to the contractor with in 60 days from 

the day when a written and valid demand for arbitration is received by the GM. Contractor will be asked to suggest to 

General Manager upto 2 names out of the panel for appointments as contractor's nominee with in 30 days from 

the date of dispatch of request by Railways. The General Manager shall appoint at least one out of them as the 

contractor's nominee and will, also simultaneously appoint the balance number of arbitrators either from the 

panel or from outside the panel, duly indicating the 'Presiding arbitrator from amongst the 3 arbitrators so 

appointed. GM shall complete this exercise of appointing the Arbitral Tribunal within 30 days from the receipt of the 

names of contractor’s nominees. While nominating the arbitrators it will be necessary to ensure that one of 

them is from the Accounts department. An officer of Selection Grade of the Accounts department shall be 

considered of equal status to the officers in SA grade of other departments of the Railways for the purpose of 

appointment of arbitrators. 

40.3(a)(iii) If one or more of the arbitrators appointed as above refuses to act as arbitrator, withdraws from his office as 

arbitrator, or vacates his/their office/offices or is/are unable or unwilling to perform his functions as arbitrator for 

any reason whatsoever or dies or in the opinion of the General Manager fails to act without undue delay, 

been appointed. Such re-constituted Tribunal may at its discretion, proceed with the reference from the stage at which 

it was left by the previous arbitrator(s). 

40.3(a)(iv) The arbitral Tribunal shall have power to call for such evidence by way of affidavits or otherwise as the arbitral 

Tribunal shall think proper, and it shall be the duty of the parties hereto to do or cause to be done all such things as 

may be necessary to enable the Arbitral Tribunal to make the award without any delay. 

40.3(a)(v) While appointing arbitrator(s) under Sub-clause (i), (ii) and (iii) above, due care shall be taken that he/they is/are 

not the one/those who had an opportunity to deal with the matters to which the contract relates or who in the course 

of his/their duties as Railway servant(s) expressed views on all or any of the matters under dispute or differences. 

The proceedings of the Arbitral Tribunal or the award made by such Tribunal will, however, not be invalid merely for 

the reason that one or more arbitrator had, in the course of his service, opportunity to deal with the matters to which 

the contract relates or who in the course of his/their duties expressed views on all or any of the matters under dispute. 

40.3(b)(i) 

The arbitral award shall state in item-wise, the sum and reasons upon which it is based. 

40.3(b)(ii) A party may apply for corrections of any computational errors, any typographical or clerical errors or any other 

error of similar nature occurring in the award and interpretation of a specific point of award to tribunal within 30 

days of receipt of the award. 

40.3(b)(iii) A party may apply to tribunal within 30 days of receipt of award to make on additional award as to claims 

presented in the arbitral proceedings but omitted from the arbitral award. 

40.4 In case of the Tribunal, comprising of three Members, any ruling or award shall be made by a majority of Members 

of Tribunal. In the absence of such a majority the views of the Presiding Arbitrator shall prevail. 



40.5 Where the arbitral award is for the payment of money, no interest shall be payable on whole or any part of the money 

for any period till the date on which the award in made. 

40.6 The cost of arbitration shall be borne by the respective parties. The cost shall inter-alia include fees of the 

arbitrator(s) as per the rates fixed by the Railway Administration from time to time. 

40.7 Subject to the provisions of the aforesaid Arbitration and conciliation Act 1996 and the rules there under and any 

statutory modification thereof shall apply to the arbitration proceedings under this clause. 

41. SETTLEMENT OF DISPUTES 

41.1 The provision of Clauses - 63 and 64 to the General Conditions of Contract will be applicable only for settlement of 

claims or disputes between the parties for values less than or equal to 20% of the value of the contract, provision of 

Clauses -63 and 64 and other relevant clauses of the General Conditions of Contract will not be application and 

arbitration will not be remedy for settlement of such disputes. 

41.2 The Contractor shall not be entitled to ask for arbitration before the completion of the work assigned to him under 

this contract. The Contractor shall seek reference to arbitration to settle disputes only once within the ambit of 

condition 41.1 above. 

41.3 Special condition vide Paras 41.1 and 41.2 shall prevail over existing clauses 63 and 64 of the General Conditions of 

Contract, other than provisions relating to “Excepted Matters”. 

42. TERMINATION OF CONTRACT 

In case the contractor fails to maintain the required schedule of progress the contract may be terminated dispensing 

with 7 days notice and the balance work or part thereof may be got executed by Railway departmentally or through 

any agency by way of single tender or Limited tender. 

43. ERRORS, OMISSIONS & DISCREPANCIES 

The Contractor shall not take any advantage of any misinterpretation of the condition due to typing or any other error 

and if in doubt, shall bring it to the notice of the Engineer without delay. In case of any contradiction only the Printed 

rules and books should be followed and claim for the misinterpretation shall be entertained. 

44. EXTENSION OF TIME 

If such a failure as aforesaid shall have arisen from any cause which the purchaser may admit as being a reasonable 

ground for extension of time, the General Manager/Chief Signal & Telecom. Engineer/Project or his successor(s) 

shall allow such additional time as he may in his absolute discretion consider to be reasonably justified by the 

circumstances of the case such extension shall be granted by the purchaser. The Contractor will apply for extension at 

least one month before the expiry of the period of completion. 

45. PRICE VARIATION 

45.1 The rates quoted by tenderer and accepted by Railway Administration shall hold good till the completion of the work 

and no additional claim will be admissible on account of lactation in market rates, increase in taxes, any other 

levies/tolls etc. except that payment /recovery for overall market situation shall be made as per price variation clause 

given in para below. 

45.2 No cognizance will be given for any sort of fluctuations, taxes and other market conditions etc. for any individual 

item for the purpose of making adjustments in payments. The contract shall however, be governed by the general 

price variation clause as under: 

Adjustment for variation in prices of material, labour, fuel explosives, detonators shall be determined in the manner 

prescribed below: 

The percentage component of various items in a contract on which variation in prices shall be admissible shall be:- 

Material component % 

Labour component % (To be specified depending upon the type of the work) 

Explosives component % 

Detonators component % 

Fuel component % 

For Fixed component at…… % No price variation will be admissible. 

The above weightage will be applied on the value arrived at after deducting the cost of steel and cement from the total 

contract value. 



The amount of variation in prices in the several components (Labour, material etc.) shall be worked out by the 

following formula (except cost of steel and cement supplied by contractor as a separate NS item):- 

I) L = R x (I-IO) X P 

---------------- ----------- 

Io 100 

ii) M = R x (W-Wo) X Q 

--------------- --------- 

Wo 100 

iii) U = R x (F-Fo) X Z 

-------------- --------- 

Fo 100 

iv) X = R x (DE-Do) X S 

-------------- --------- 

Eo 100 

v) N = R x (D-Do) X T 

-------------- --------- 

Do 100 

L. Amount of price variation in labour. 

M. Amount of price variation in material. 

U. Amount of price variation in fuel. 

X. Amount of price variation in Explosives. 

N. Amount of price variation in Detonators. 

R. Gross value of the work done by the contractor as per on account bills excluding Cost of materials supplied by 

Railway at fixed price. Cement and steel provided by the contractor for which separate PVC formulae is given in 

clause no.29.5A2(I) and clause no.29.5A2(II). specific payment, if any, to be made to the consultants engaged by the 

contractor (such payment will be indicated in the contractors offer). 

Io Consumer price index No. for industrial workers - All India - as published in RBI Bulletin for the base period. 

I Consumer price index number for industrial workers - All India - as published in RBI Bulletin based on average price 

index of three months of the quarter. 

Wo Index Number of whole sale prices - by groups and sub – groups - All commodities - as published in the RBI Bulletin 

for the base period. 

W Index number of whole sale prices - By groups and sub groups - All commodities - as published in the RBI Bulletin 

on average price Index of three months of the quarter. 

Fo Index number of whole sale prices - By groups and sub groups for fuel, power, light and lubricants as published in 

the RBI Bulletin for the base period. 

F Index number of whole sale prices - By groups and sub-groups for fuel, power, light and lubricants as published in 

the RBI Bulletin based on the average price index of three months of the quarter. 

Eo Cost of explosives as fixed by DGS & D in the relevant rate contract of the firm from whom purchases of explosives 

are made by the contractor for the base period. 

E Cost of explosives as fixed by DGS & D in the relevant rate contract of the firm from whom purchases of explosives 

are made by the contractor for the first month of the quarter under consideration. 

Do Cost of Detonators as fixed by DGS & D in the relevant rate contract of the firm from whom purchases of detonators 

are made by the contractor for the base period.. 

D Cost of Detonators as fixed by DGS & D in the relevant rate contract of the firm from whom purchases of detonators 

are made by the contractor for the first month of the quarter under consideration. 

P 

Q 

Z 

S 

T 

% of labour component. 

% of material component. 

% of fuel component. 

% of Explosive component. 

% of Detonators component. 



Note: 

1. The price Variation Clause shall be applicable for tenders of value more than Rs.50 Lacs irrespective of the contract 

completion period and PVC shall not be applicable to the tender of value less than Rs.50 lacs. 

2. Price Variation is payable/recoverable during the extended period of contract, provided the price variation clause was 

part of the original contract and the extension has been granted on administrative ground i.e. under Clause 17-A (i), 

(ii) and (iii) of GCC. 

3. No maximum value for the price variation is prescribed. 

4. If, in any case, the accepted offer includes. 

i) Cost of materials supplied by Railways at fixed price. 

ii) Cement and steel provided by the contractor for which separate PVC formula is given in clause no.29.5 

A2(I) and clause no.29.5 A2(II). 

iii) Specific payment, if any to be made to the consultants, engaged by the contractors (such payment will be 

indicated in the contractor’s offer). 

Such payments would be excluded from the gross value of the work for purpose of payment/recovery of variations. 

5. The index number for the base period will be the index number as obtained for the month of opening of the tender 

and the quarter will commence from the month following the month of opening of tender. However, if the rates 

quoted in negotiated tender are accepted, the base month for the price variation clause is the month in which 

negotiations are held. 

6. The adjustment for variation in prices, if required, shall be made once every quarter in the on account payments, if 

more than one on account payment is made to the contractor in quarter, the adjustment, if required, shall be made in 

each bill. 

7. The price variation should be based on RBI’s average price index of the 3 months of the quarter. 

8. The demands for escalation of the cost may be allowed on the basis of provisional indices made available by the 

Reserve Bank of India. Any adjustment needed to be done based on the finally published indices is to be made as 

and when they become available. 

9. The weightage would be applied on the value arrived at after deducting the cost of steel and cement from the total 

contract value. 

10. The price variation implies both increase as well as decrease in input prices and, therefore price variation during the 

currency of the contract may result in extra payment or recovery as the case may be. 

Statement showing the percentage of labour components material components, fuel components, etc. in various types 

of works. 

(a) Earthwork Contract 

Labour component 50% 

Fuel component 20% 

Other material components 15% 

Fixed component 15% * 

(b) 

Ballast and Quarry Products Contracts 




Fixed component 15% * 



(c) 

Tunneling Contracts 



Explosive component 15% 

Detonaters component 5% 


Fixed component 15%* 

(a) 

Track Renewal Works on Works with contractor’s Portal Cranes 


Fuel component 12.5% 

Other material components 12.5% 


(b) 

Other works contracts 


Material component 25% 

Fuel components 15% 


*Will not be considered for any price variation. 

Price variation in case of Steel supplied by the contractor 

This special price variation clause will be applicable only on iron and steel supply items of tender schedule without value 

addition. 

The amount of variation for the component of supply of steel shall be adjusted (Paid/recovered) by the following 

formule:- 

Ms = Q (Bs-Bso) where 

M = Amount of price variation in steel payable/recoverable. 

Q = Weight of steel in tones supplied by the contractor as per the on account bill 

for the month under consideration. 

Bs = SAIL’s (Steel Authority of India Limited) ex-works price plus Excise duty 

thereof (in rupees per tone) for the relevant category of steel supplied by the contractor as prevailing on 

the first day of the month in which the steel was purchased by the contractor (or) as prevailing on the 

first day of the month in which steel was brought to the site by the contractor whichever is lower. 

Bso = SAIL’s ex-works price plus Excise Duty thereof (in rupees per tonne) for the relevant category of steel 

supplied by the contractor as prevailing on the first day of the month in which the tender was opened. 

NOTE: 

1. Relevant categories of steel for the purpose of operating the above price variation formula based on SAIL’s ex-works 

price plus Excise duty thereof are as under:- 

Sno. 

Category of steel supplied in the 

Railway work. 

Category of steel produced by SAIL whose exworks 

price plus Excise Duty thereof would be 

adopted to determine price variation. 

1. Reinforcement bars and other rounds. TMT 8 mm IS 1786 Fe 415 

2. All types and sizes of angles. Angle 65x65x6mm IS 2062 E250A SK 

3. All types and sizes of plates. PM plates above 10-20 mm IS 2062 E 250A SK 

4. All types and sizes of channels and 

joints. 

5. Any other section of steel not covered 

in the above categories and excluding 

HTS. 

Channels 200 x 75mm IS 2062 E250A SK 

Average of price for the 3 categories covered under 

sl. No.1,2,3 above. 



2. The prevailing ex-works price of steel per tone as on Ist of every month for the above categories of steel as advised 

by SAIL to Railway board would be circulated to all the zonal Railways. 

3. Separate items for ‘Supply of steel’ for RCC/PSC work should have been incorporated in the tender schedule to know 

the cost of steel actually consumed at any given point of time. 

4. The price variation clause shall be applicable for tender of value more than Rs.50 lacs irrespective of the contract 

completion period any PVC shall not be applicable to the tender of value less than Rs. 50 lacs. 

5. Price variation is payable/recoverable during the extended period of contract, provided the Price Variation clause was 

part of the original contract and the extension has been granted on administrative ground i.e. under clause 17-A (i), 

(ii) and (iii) of GCC. 

6. No maximum value for the price variation is prescribed. 

7. If, in any case, the accepted offer includes 

(i) Cost of materials supplied by Railways at fixed price. 

(ii) Value of steel, for which PVC is being paid/recovered under this clause. 

(iii) Specific payment, if any to be made to the consultants engaged by the contractors (such payment will be 

indicated in the contractor’s offer). Such payments would be excluded from the gross value of the work for 

purpose of payment/recovery of variations as per clause no.29.5 A 1. 

8. The SAIL’s Ex-work price plus Excise duty there of (in Rupees per tone) for the relevant category of steel, as 

prevailing on first day of the month in which tender is opened, will be considered. However, if the rates quoted in 

negotiated tender are accepted, the base month for PVC will be the month in which negotiations are held. 

9. The adjustment for variation in prices, if required, shall be made every month in the on account payments as per 

above formula. 

10. The Dy.CSTE concerned will maintain a register showing receipt of steel from contractor on site (supported by 

documentary evidence of purchase) and consumption thereof. 

11. The price variation implies both increase as well as decrease in input prices and, therefore price variation during the 

currency of the contract may result in extra payment or recovery as the case may be. 

12. Steel supplied free or at firm price by Railway, as per contract, if any, will not be considered for calculation of 

PVC. 

Price Variation in case of Cement supplied by the contractor. 

This special Price Variation clause will be applicable only on cement supply items of tender schedule without value 

addition. 

1. The amount of variation for the component of supply of cement shall be adjusted (paid/recovered) by the 

following formulae:- 

Where 

Mc= Rx (Wc-Wco)/Wco 

Where 

Mc= Amount of price variation in material (Cement) 

R= Value of cement supplied by contractor as per on account bill in the quarter under consideration. 

Wco= Index no.of wholesale price of sub-group (of cement) as published in RBI Bulletin 

for the base period. 

Wc= Index no.of wholesale price of sub group (of cement) as published in RBI Bulletin for 

the first month of the quarter under consideration. 

Note:- 

1. Separate items for ‘Supply of cement’ for RCC/PSC work should have been incorporated in the tender schedule to 

know thecost of cement actually consumed at any given point of time. 

2. The price variation clause shall be applicable for tenders of value more than Rs.50 lacs irrespective of the contract 

completion period and PVC shall not be applicable to the tender of value less than Rs. 50 lacs. 

3. Price variation is payable/recoverable during the extended period of contract, provided the price variation clause was 

part of the original contract and the extension has been granted on administrative ground i.e. under clause 17-A(i), (ii) 

and (iii) of GCC. 

4. The maximum value for the price variation is prescribed. 

5. If, in any case, lthe accepted offer includes 

(i) Cost of materials supplied by Railways at fixed price. 

(ii) Value of cement, for which PVC is being paid/recovered under this clause. 

(iii) Specific payment, if any, to be made to the consultants engaged by the contractors(such payment will be 

indicated in the contractor’s offer) Such payments would be excluded from the gross value of the work for 

purpose of payment/recovery of variations as per clause no.29.5 A 1. 



6. The index number for the base period will be the index number as obtained for the month of opening of the 

tender and the quarters will commence from the month following the month of opening of tender. However, if 

the rates quoted in negotiated tender are accepted, the base month for the price variation clause is the month in 

which negotiatios are held. 

7. The adjustment for variation in prices, if required, shall be made once every quarter in the on-account payment is 

made the contractor in a quarter, the adjustment, if required shall be made in each bill. 

8. The price variation would be based on the price index of the first month of the quarter under consideration. 

9. The demands for escalation of the cost may be allowed on the basis of provisional indices made available bythe 

Reserve Bank of India. Any adjustment needed to be done based on the finally published indices is to be made 

as and when they become available. 

10. The price variation implies both increase as well as decrease in input prices and, therefore price variation during 

the currency of the contract may result in extra payment or recovery as the case may be. 

11. Cement supplied free or at firm price by Railway, as per contract if any, will not be considered for calculation of 

PVC. 

Price variation Clause is applicable/not applicable for this tender (refer Vol. I). 

46. ADVANCES 

46.1 Grant of advances for a capital intensive and specialized nature of work may be considered in case the estimated 

tender value of the work exceeds Rs. 1 crore as per Railway Board’s letter No.90/CE-1/CT/1 dated 21.5.97. 

46.2 MOBILIZATION ADVANCE 

46.2.1 Mobilization advance upto a maximum of 10% of the total value of contract against Bank guarantee will be paid in 2 

stages as under. 

a) Stage-I 50% of the advance will be paid against an irrevocable bank guarantee from a nationalized bank in India or 

the State Bank of India after signing contract documents. 

b) Stage-II 50% of the advance will be paid against an irrevocable bank guarantee from a nationalized bank in India or 

the State Bank of India when the mobilization at site in regard to establishment, setting up of the offices and bringing 

up the equipment have been done to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge and the work has actually commenced 

at site. 

46.2.2 Bank guarantee will be on the programme to be supplied by the Railway. Bank guarantee will also cover the liability 

of contractor in regard to interest on mobilization advance during the currency of the contract period. 

46.2.3 The advance carries an interest rate of 18% per annum. The advance to other with interest accrued there on will be 

recovered through ‘on account’ bills in installments, the recovery commencing when quantum of work executed and 

paid for reaches 15% of the contract value and shall be completed when the value of the work executed reaches 85% 

of the contract value. The installment of recovery from each ‘on account’ bill will be on pro-rata basis. 

46.3 ADVANCE AGAINST MACHINERY AND PLANT 

46.3.1 Advance on security of machinery and equipment brought to the site shall be limited to new machinery and 

equipment, which are essentially required for the work and involve a substantial outlay. This also includes launching 

girder if they are fabricated new specifically for this work. The advance will not exceed 75% of the purchase price of 

such equipment and will be limited at a maximum of 10% of the contract value. This is subject to the plant and 

machinery having been brought to the site and hypothecated to the President of India by a suitable bond acceptable to 

the Railway. The plant and equipment should also be insured by the tenderer/s for the full value and for the entire 

period for which they are required for the work or till the advance granted together with interest thereon is fully 

recovered whichever is later. The advance will carry an interest rate of 18% per annum. 

46.3.2 The advance so given together with the interest accrued thereon shall be recovered in installments through on account 

bills. The recovery shall commence when the value of the contract executed reaches 15% of the contract value and 

will be completed when the value of the work executed reaches 85% of the contract value. The installment recovery 

on each on account bill will be on prorata basis. 

46.3.3 Also the advance shall be granted subject to the following conditions in addition to the above:- 

(a) The Engineer-in-charge shall decide as to what type of equipment, machinery advance may be given as above. 

(b) In the event of dis-agreement regarding the type of equipment necessary, the decision of the Chief Signal and 

Telecom Engineer(Const)/Dy.Chief Signal & Telecom Engineer (Const.)/Senior Signal and Telecom 

Engineer(Const.) (refer Vol.I) will be final and binding on contractor and no claim shall be entertained on this 

account. 

(c) The cost towards insurance shall be borne by the contractor. 

(d) The documents of hypothecation will have to be registered with the appropriate authority. The cost of registration 

will be borne by the contractor. 



(e) No advance is admissible for consumable stores and spare parts. 

(f) No new advance shall be granted against the same machinery in the same contract. 

(g) Where, it is customary for the RTO to issue registration certificate for machinery, the same shall be produced by the 

contractor for custody/endorsement of department when advance of such machinery is to be granted. 

(h) Machinery hypothecated shall not be moved out of the project area even for heavy repairs without prior written 

approval of the Engineer-in-charge. 

46.3.4 In case the contractor abandons the work, the advance will be recovered by disposal of the machinery so 

hypothecated. It will not be binding on the Railway to take possession to utilize the machinery for the Railway work 

and the Railway shall be free to dispose off the machinery by auction or any other mode. The difference between the 

amount of advance outstanding and receipt as above will be recovered or adjusted from other assets of the contractor. 

46.4 SECURED ADVANCES 

The secured advance is not admissible. 

46.5 Mobilization advance as per para 46.2 and advance against machinery and plant as per para 46.3 are applicable/not 

applicable for this tender (refer Vol. I). 

47. Incentive Bonus payment clause. 

47.1.1 The incentive bonus payment clause will apply to contracts for throughout enhancement relating to “doubling” & 

“Traffic facility” works only. The contracts which are for works covering plan heads other than doubling and traffic 

facility the incentive bonus claue shall not apply. 

The incentive bonus payment will be regulated as follows 

1) This incentive bonus payable shall not be, more than 1% of the initial contract value or revised contract value 

which ever is less for every one month of early completion a head of the original completion period or revised 

completion period which ever is less. 

2) However, the maximum incentive bonus shall not be more than 6% of the original contract value or revised 

contract value whichever isless. 

3) Period less than one month shall not be reckoned for the incentive bonus calculation. 

4) This incentive scheme shall not apply if extension to the original completion period is given irrespective of on 

whose account (Railways Account or contractor account). 



FORM - 1 

AGREEMENT FOR WORKS 

CONTRACT AGREEMENT NO.----------------------------------------------------------------DATED------------------------------ 

2000 ARTICLES OF AGREEMENT made this------------------------------ day of ------------- 2000 between the President of 

India acting through the Railway Administration hereinafter called “Railway” of the one part and ----------------------------- 

-------------------------- hereinafter called the Contractor of the other part. 

WHEREAS THE Contractor has agreed with the Railway for the performance of the work” 

-------------------------------------” set forth in the schedule hereto annexed upon the General conditions of contract and the 

specifications of the Northern Railway and the special conditions here into and special specifications if any, and in 

conformity with the drawings annexed and WHEREAS the performance of the said works is an act in which the public 

are interested. 

NOW THIS 

` PRESENTS WITNESSETH that in considerations of the payments to be made by the Railway the 

Contractor will duly perform the said works in the said schedule set forth and shall execute the same with great 

promptness care and accuracy in a work manlike manner to the satisfaction of the Railway and will complete the same in 

accordance with the said specifications and said drawings and said conditions of contract on or before the ------------------- 

- day of ----------------2000 and will maintain the said works for a period of ----------------Calendar months from the 

certified date of their completion and will observe, fulfill and keep all the conditions therein mentioned (which shall be 

deemed and taken to be part of this contract as if the same had been fully set forth herein) AND the Railway do hereby 

agree that if the contractor shall duly perform the said works in the manner aforesaid and observe and keep the said terms 

and conditions the Railway will pay or cause to be plaid the Contractor for the said works on the final completion thereof 

the amount due in respect thereof at the rates specific in the schedule hereto annexed. 

Date--------------------------- 



Signature of Contractor with seal 

Contractor name & Address------------------- 

Signature for and on behalf 

of President of India 

----------------------------------------------------- (Designation---------------------------) 

----------------------------------------------------- 

Date ----------------- 

Signature 

of witness 

with address 

1)-------------------------------- 

2]------------------------------- 



President of India 

Name of the Bank________________________ 

Bank Guarantee Bond No._______ 

FORM - 2 

Acting through____________(Designation 

And address of contract signing authority) 

Dated________ 

PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE BOND 

In consideration of the President of India acting through_________Designation & Address of contract signing authority), 

Northern Railway, Kashmere Gate, Delhi(hereinafter called “The Governement”) having agreed under the terms and 

conditions of agreement/contract acceptance letter no._________________________________ dated____________ made 

between____________(Designation & address of contract signing authority) and _______hereinafter called “the 

contractor(s) for the work___________________________________________ (hereinafter called the said agreement) 

having agreed for submission of a irrevocable Bank Guarantee Bond for Rs.________(Rs. only) as a performance 

security Guarantee Bond from the contractor(s) for compliance of his obligations in accordance with the terms & 

conditions in the said agreement. 

1. We__________________(indicate the name of the Bank) hereinafter referred to as the Bank, undertake to pay to 

the Government an amount not exceeding Rs.___________(Rs.______only) on demand by the Government. 

2. We_____________(indicate the name of the bank further agree that(and promise) to pay the amounts due and 

payable under this guarantee without any demur merely on a demand from the Government through the 

FA&CAO/Const, Northern Railway, Kashmere Gate,Delhi=6 or_________________(Designation & address of 

contract signing authority)Northern Railway, stating that the amount claimed is due by way of loss or demage 

caused to or would be caused or suffered by the Government by reason of any breach by the said contractor of any 

of the terms or conditions contained in the said agreement or by reason of the contractor failure to perform the 

said agreement. Any such demand made on the bank shall be conclusive as regards the amount due and payable 

by the Bank under this guarantee. Howsever, our liability under this guarantee shall be restricted to an amount not 

exceeding Rs._____________(Rs.______only). 

3(a) We________________(indicate the name of Bank) further undertake to apy to the Government any money so 

demanded not with standing any dispute or dispute raised by the contractor(s) in any suit or proceeding pending 

(b) 

before any cout or Tribunal relating to liability under this present being at solute and unequivocal. 

The payment so made by us under this bond shall be a valid discharge of our liability for payment there under and 

the contractor(s) shall have no claim against us for making such payment. 

4. We, (indicate name of Bank)---------------------- to further agree that the guarantee herein contain shall remain in 

full force and effect during the period that would be taken for the performance of the said agreement and that it 

shall continue to be enforceable till all the dues of the Government under or by virtue of the said Agreement have 

been fully paid and its claims satisfied or discharged by__________-(Designation & Address of contract signing 

authority) on behalf of the Government, certify that the terms and conditions of the said agreement have been 

fullyand properly carried out by the said contractor(s) and accordingly discharges this guarantee. 

5(a) 

(b) 

Not withstanding any thing to the contrary contained herein the liability of the bank under this guarantee will 

remain in force and effect until such time as this guarantee is discharged in writing by the Government or until 

(date of validity/extended validity)which ever is earlier and no claim shall be valid under this guarantee unless 

notice in writing thereof is given by the Government within validity/extended period of validity of guarantee from 

the date aforesaid. 

Provided always that we_______________(indicate the name of the Bank) unconditionally undertakes to renew 

this guarantee or to extend the period of guarantee form year to year before the expiry of the period or the 

extended period the guarantee, as the case may be on being called upon to do so by the Government. If the 

guarantee is not renewed or the period extended on demand, we______________(indicate the name of the bank) 

shall pay the Government the lfull amount of guarantee on demand and without demur. 

6. We________________(indicate the name of Bank) further agree with the Government that the Government shall 

have the fullest liberty without our consent and without effecting in any manner out of obligations here under to 

vary any of the terms and conditions of the said contract from time to time or to postpone for any time or from 

time to time any to the powers exercisable by the Government against the said contractor(s) and to forbear or 

enforce any of the terms and conditions of the said agreement and we shall not be relieved from our liability by 

reason of any such variation, or extension being granted to the said contractor(s) or for any bearance act or 

omission on the part of the Government or any indulgence by the Government to the said contractor(s) or by any 

such matter or thing whatsoever which under the law relating to sureties for the said reservation would relive us 

from the liability. 



1. This guarantee will not be discharged by any change in the constitution of the bank or the contractor(s). 

2. We_________________(indicate the name of the Bank) lastly undertake not to revoke this guarantee except with 

the previous consent of the Government in writing. 

3. This guarantee shall be valid up to____________(Date of completion plus maintenance period). Unless extended 

on demand by Government Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained hereinbefore, our liability under 

this guarantee is restricted to Rs._____________(Rs.______________only)unless a demand under this guarantee 

is made on us in writing on or before__________we shall be discharged from out liabilities under this guarantee 

thereafter. 

Dated________________the_____________day of________________for________________ 

(indicate the name of bank) 

Witness 

Signature of Bank Authorize official 

(Name) 

Designation: 

Full Address: 

1._____________________ 

2._____________________ 



FORM-3 

Revised model form of Bank Guarantee Bond 

GUARANTEE BOND 

In consideration of the President of India (hereinafter called “The Government”) having agreed to exempt 

M/s._________________________________________called “the said contractor(s) from the demand under the terms 

and conditions of the Agreement No.___________________dated_____________made between ___________________ 

and _____________________ for ________________________hereinafter called the said Agreement) of security deposit 

for the due fulfillment by the said contractor (s) of the terms & conditions contained in the said Agreement, on 

production of a Bank Guarantee for Rs.______________________(Rs._____________________only). 

1. We______________________indicate the name of the Bank) (herein________________ (contract/s) do hereby 

undertake to pay to the Government an amount not exceeding Rs._____________________________ against any loss or 

damage caused to or suffered or would be caused to or suffered by the Government by caused of any breach or 

conditions contained in the said Agreement. 

2. We_______________________ do hereby undertake to pay (in duplicate the name of the Bank) to pay the amounts due 

and payable under this guarantee without any demure, merely on a demand from the Government stating that the amount 

claimed is due by way of loss of damage caused to or would be caused to or suffered by the Government by reasons of 

breach by the said contractor (s) of any of the terms or conditions contained in the said Agreement or by reasons of the 

contractor (s) failure to perform the said Agreement. Any such demand made on the bank shall be conclusive as regards 

the amount due and payable by the bank under this guarantee. However our liability under this guarantee shall be 

restricted to an amount not exceeding Rs._______________________________ 

3. We undertake to pay to the Government money so demanded not withstanding any dispute or disputes raised by the 

contractor (s)/supplier (s) in any suit or proceeding pending before any court or tribunal relating there to our liability 

under this present being absolute and unequivocal. 

The payment so made by us under his bond shall be a valid absolute and unequivocal. The payment so made by us 

under this bond shall be valid discharge of our liability for payment there under and the contractor (s) shall have no 

claim against us for making such payment. 

4 We________________________ indicate the name of Bank) ------------further agree that the guarantee herein contained 

shall remain in full force and errect during the period that would be taken for the performance of the said agreement and 

that it shall continue to be enforceable till all the dues of the Government under by virtue of the said agreement have been 

fully and its claims satisfied or discharged or till _____________ (office/Department) Ministry of ________________ 

conditions certifies that the terms and conditions of the said Agreement have been fully and properly carried our by the 

said contractor(s) and accordingly discharges this guarantee is made on us in writing on or before 

______________________________. We shall be discharged from all liability under this guarantee hereafter. 

5. We_________________________________________ (indicate the name of the Bank) further agree with the Government 

that the Government that the Government shall have the fullest liberty without our consent and without affecting in any 

manner our obligations of the said Agreement or to extend time or performance by the said contractor(s) from time to 

time or to postpone for any time or from time to time any of the powers excercisable by the Government against the said 

contractor (s) and to forbear or enforce any of the terms and conditions relating to the said agreement and we shall not be 

relieved from our liability by reason of any such variation, or extension being granted to the said contractor(s) or for any 

forbearance, act or omission on the part of the government or any indulgence by the 

Government to the said contractor (s) or by any such matter or thing whatsoever which under the law relating to sureties 

would, but for this provision have effect of so relieving us. 

6. This guarantee will not be discharged due to the change in the constitution of the Bank or the contractor(s)/supplier (s). 

7. We_______________________________________ (Indicate the name of the Bank) lastly undertake not to revoke this 

guarantee during its currency except with the previous consent of the Government in writing. 

Dated the ___________________________day of _________________for _____________________ (indicate the name 

of the Bank). 



F O R M NO.4 

STANDARD INDEMNITY BOND FOR ON ACCOUNT PAYMENT 

We M/s. ______________________________________________hereby Undertake that we held in our custody for and 

on behalf of the President of India Acting in the Premises through the General Manager, N.Rly. New Delhi (hereinafter 

referred to as the “Purchase” and as has property in trust for him all imported and indigenous materials which have been 

handed over to us against the contract for the works in the section. 

___________To ___________Stations on Northern Railway vide letter for acceptance of Tender 

No._______________________________date__________ and materials such as ____________________________ 

handed over to us by the purchase for the purpose of execution of the said contract, until such time the materials are duly 

erected or otherwise handed over to him. We shall be entirely responsible for the same custody and protection of the said 

materials against all risk till they are duly delivered as erected equipment to the purchaser, or as he may direct otherwise 

and shall indemnify the purchaser against any loss or damaged deterioration whatsoever in receipt of the said materials 

while in our possession and against disposal or surplus materials. The said materials shall at all times be open to 

inspection by any officer authorized by the General Manager, Northern Railway, S&T/C, New Delhi or his successor. 

Should any loss, damage or deterioration of materials, occur or surplus materials disposed off and refund becomes due to 

the purchaser shall be entitled to recover from us the full cost and compensation determined in terms of the contract for 

such loss or damage if any, along with the amount to be refunded without prejudice to any other remedies available to 

him by deduction from any sum due or any sum 

Date ______________________ day of ___________________________2000 

Signature of witness 

Name of witness in Block letters. 

Address 

For and on behalf of 

Messers____________________ 

(Contractor). 



F O R M NO.5 

ACKNOWLEDGMENT FOR RECEIVING MATERIALS FROM RAILWAYS 

To, 

The Dy.CSTE/C/---- 

Northern Railway, 

New Delhi. 

Station: 

Date: 

Sir, 

SUB:Receipt of materials/Cables from Railways 

It is hereby acknowledge that the following materials/cables as detailed have been received in full and in good condition 

by me at ________________No.________________________and the work coming under the agreement 

No.________________________ Dated _____________________________________. 

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 

S.No. Description of materials Qty./Nos. Remarks if any 

Cables. 

Mtrs. 

________________________________________________________________________ 

Witnessed By: 

Signature of Engineers 

Signature of Contractor. 



F O R M NO.6 

C E R T I F I C A T E F O R J O I N T I N S P E C T I ON OF WORKS 

To, 

______________________________________ 

______________________________________ 

______________________________________ 

THE WORK OF ________________________________________________________ 

_______________________________________________________________________ 

_______________________________________________________________________ 

have been jointly inspected by us at the following stations and the same at this station/these station have 

been done according to the specifications & drawings. 

______________________________________________________________________________________ 

S.NO. STATION FROM TO REMARKS 

______________________________________________________________________________________ 

Signature of the Contractor(s) 

or his representative 

Signature of Engineer’s 

Representative with designation. 



FORM-7 

FORMAT FOR BANK GUARANTEE 

(FOR ADVANCE TO THE CONTRACTOR) 

1. In consideration of the President of the Republic of India (hereinafter called “the Government”) having agreed under the 

terms and conditions of letter/Agreement No.-------------- dated ----------------made thereafter called the “said agreement”) 

to accept from --------------------- 

(hereinafter called the said contractor (s)” a guarantee Bond for Rs.--------only) against interest bearing repayable 

mobilization advance amounting Rs.-----------------(Rs.------------------------) agreed to be given to the said contractor (s) as 

per accepted conditions of the contracts we -----------------Bank (hereinafter called “The Bank”)do hereby undertake to 

pay the Govt. an amount of Rs.----------------------------(Principal amount) plus interest at the rate of ------------% per 

annum (at prescribed rate prevailing at the time of grant of mobilization advance) accrued during Guarantee period 

against any loss or damage caused to or suffered or would be caused to or suffered by the Govt. By reason of any breach 

by the said contractor (s) of any of the terms and conditions for repayment of the advance as mutually agreed to and set 

forth in the agreed to and set forth in the agreement.. 

2. We--------------------------Bank do hereby undertake to pay the amount/s (i.e. Principal amount of mobilization advance 

and interest accrued thereon) due and payable under this guarantee without any demur, merely on demand from “the 

Govt.” acting through FAA & CAO/Const. Northern Railway, Kashmere Gate, Delhi-110006 stating that the amount 

claimed is due by way of loss or damage caused to or would be caused to or suffered by the Govt. by reason of any breach 

by the said contractor(s) failure to perform the said Agreement. Any such demand made on the Bank shall be conclusive 

as regards the amount due and payable by the Bank under this guarantee. However, our liability under this guarantee shall 

be restricted to an amount of Rs.----------------------(Principal amount) along with interest at the rate of -------------% per 

annum (at prescribed rate prevailing at the time of grant of mobilization advance accruing Guarantee period) 

3. We ------------------------ Bank further agree that the Guarantee herein contained will remain in full force and effect till the 

advance granted with interest is fully repaid and that it shall continue to be enforceable till the FA&CAO.C, Northern 

Railway, Kashmere Gate, Delhi-6 certificate that the terms and conditions for repayment of advance contained in the said 

agreement have been fully and properly carried out by the said contractor (s) and accordingly discharges the guarantee. 

4. We ------------------------- Bank further agree with the Govt. Shall have the fullest liberty without our consent and without 

affecting in any manner our obligations hereunder to vary any of the terms and conditions of the said agreement and to 

forbear or enforce any of the terms and conditions relating to the said agreement and we shall not be relieved from our 

liability by reason of any such variation, or for any forbearance, act or omission on the part of the govt. Or any indulgence 

by the Govt. To the said contractor (s) or by any such relating to sureties would, but for the said reservation would relieve 

as from the liability. 

5. “Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein the liability of the Bank under this guarantee will 

remain in force and effect until such time as this guarantee is discharged in wring by the Government or 

until the Advance with interest is earlier and no claim shall be valid under this guarantee unless notice in writing 

thereof is given by the Government. 

6. The advance will carry an interest of Rs.----------------- per annum and the Railway reserve the right to recover 

mobilization advance with interest from the guarantee Bank merely on demand and Bank shall make the payment without 

any delay merely on the demand from the Railway. 

7. We---------------------------- Bank also agree that the Govt.’s right to recover from us under the terms of the guarantee shall 

not be affected or suspended by reason of the fact that any dispute or disputes have been raised by the said contractor(s) 

with regard to his liability before any Arbitrator or Tribunal or Court with regard thereto or in connection therewith. We 

further undertake not to withhold payment at the instance or request or as a consequence of any action by the Contractor. 

8. We --------------------------- Bank unconditionally undertakes to renew this guarantee or to extend the period of guarantee 

from year to year within two months before the expiry of the period or the extended period of the guarantee, as the case 

may be, on being called upon to do so by the Government. If the guarantee is not renewed or the period extended on 

demand, due to one reason or the other we ---------------------Bank shall pay the Government the full amount of the 

guarantee with interest thereon. 



9. This guarantee shall not be revoked by any change in the constitution of the Bank and/or the surely. 

10. Executed on date ------------------------day of----------------------2000 for ------------------------Bank at ----------------------- 

-. 

Witness 

Executing. 

1. 

2. 



F O R M NO.8 

Q U A L I F I C A T I O N E X P E R I E N C E 

S. 

No 

System 

and Name of 

Project 

Party’s 

address for 

whom the 

work was 

done 

Total value of 

Contract 

Schedule period 

of execution (in 

months) 

Year of 

Completion & 

Actual period of 

execution (in 

months) 

Remarks 



FORM NO..9 

SYSTEM PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE 

(PROFORMA FOR THE SYSTEM PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE) 

To 

The President of India, 

I/we_______________________________________________________________________________hereby guarantee 

that the design on the basis of which we have submitted out tender 

No.____________________________________________________________________________has been 

carefully made to confirm to the end objectives in the tender documents and to technical specification therein. 

We further guarantee that in the event of the performance of the system, when installed, not complying with the 

end objectives or with the specifications contained in the tender documents, we shall provide further inputs to 

enable the Railways to realize the end objectives contained in these documents without any additional payment 

for any additional payment for any additional equipment which may be required in this regard. We further 

guarantee that all the expenses including the expenses incurred in India for providing the additional inputs under 

the System Guarantee will be borne by us. We further guarantee that these additional inputs will be provided by 

us to make the system workable within 8 months from the date on which this guarantee is invoked by the 

Purchaser. 

(Signature of Firm’s authorized Officer) 

Seal 

Signature of witness: 

1.- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 

2.- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 



FORM - 10 

STATEMENT OF DEVIATIONS 

PROFORMA FOR STATEMENT OF DEVIATIONS 

1. The following are the particulars of deviation from requirement of the instructions to TENDERERS , General Conditions 

of Contract. 

1.1 Instructions to TENDERERS. 

CLAUSE DEVIATION REMARKS (INCLUDING JUSTIFICATION) 

1.2 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT. 


1.3 Special Conditions of Contract 


2. The following are the particulars of deviations from requirement of the technical specifications: 

(Separate Statement for each specification) 


NOTE: 

Where there is no deviation, the statement should be returned duly signed with an endorsement indicating no deviations. 



RECEIPT CERTIFICATE (FOR SUPPLY ONLY) 

FORM - 11 

From: Sr.Section Engineer/C/ (Signal/Telecom)/Northern Railway: 

No. 

Date: 

1. Contract No. 

2. Name of work 

3. Item No. As in Rate Schedule 

4. Description of item. 

5. Material inspected by: 

6. Dispatch particular & date 

7. Qty. As per dispatch particular 

8. Qty. Received. 

9. Qty. Short received 

10. Conditions of stores Received 

11. Name of firm & Address 

12. Place of receipt 

13. Date of receipt 

14. Ledger No. 

15. Name & designation of stores In-charge. 

---------------------------------- 

Signature of Stores-in-charge. 



FORM - 12 

WORKS IN HAND 

S.N 

o 

System and 

Name of 

Project 

Party’s 

address for 

whom the 

work is 

being done 

Total value 

of contract 

Schedule 

period of 

execution 

(in months) 

%age 

progress in 

terms of 

works done 

Likely 

date of 

completi 

on 

Payments 

received till 

date 

Rem 

arks 



F O R M N O.13 

C E R T I F I C A T E 

Joint Inspection of Cable trench & protective works 

1. The cable trench/chase including ducts, pipes etc. Arrangements en-route has been jointly inspected by us on the 

following sections and the work has been done according to the specifications. The laying of cable can be taken on these 

sections after the deficiencies noted below are rectified and offered for further check. 

2. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 

S.No. From KM To KM Remarks/deficiency if any 

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 

3. The following joints have been supervised and provided as per manufacturer’s instructions and it is confirmed that all the 

materials or kit have been used up. 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 

S.No. Type of joint Locations (KM.No.) Remarks/Deficiency if any 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 

Signature of Contractor’s 

Representative with 

Designation 

Signature of Purchaser’s 

Representative with 

Designation 



FORM No. 14 

Details of contractual payment received in last three Financial years and current financial 

year. 

S.No Name of work Name of Date of payment For the financial Total contract Amt. 

. 

Employer 

year 

Received. 

1 2 3 4 5 6 



Real time Gross Saving(RTGS)/National Electronic Fund Transfer(NEFT) 

Model Mandate Form 

(Investor/customer’s option to receive payments through RTGS/NEFT) 

Annexure-J 

1) Investor/customer’s Name: : 

2) Particulars of Bank account. 

A Name of the Bank : 

B Name of the branch : 

Address : 

Telephone No. : 

C RTGS/NEFT/IFS Code : 

D Type of the account (S.B. Current or Cash Credit) 

with code (10/11/13). : 

E Ledger and Ledger folio number: 

F Account number ( as appearing on the cheque book ): 

(In lieu of the bank certificate to be obtained as under, please attach a blank cancelled 

cheque or photocopy of a cheque or front page of your savings bank passbook issued 

by your bank for verification of the above particulars). 

3) Date of effect: 

I hereby declare that the particulars given above are correct and complete. If the transaction is 

delayed or not effected at all for reasons of incomplete or incorrect information, I would not hold the 

user institution responsible. I have read the option invitation letter and agree to discharge the 

responsibility expected of me as a participant under the scheme. 

Date 

(…………..) 

Signature of the Investor/Customer. 

Certified that the particulars furnished above are correct as per our records. Bank’s Stamp 

Signature of the tenderer/s 

Signature of Bank Authority 

(with seal) 




SIGNAL & TELECOMMUNICATION (CONSTRUCTION) 

VOLUME-III 



TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS & INSTALLATION 

PRACTICES 

(VOLUME-III) 



Vol-III 

CHAPTER – VII 

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS & INSTALLATION PRACTICES 

1. The works shall be carried out according to the drawings approved by the Railway and shall conform 

to the provisions of the ‘Signal Engineering Manual’, Schedule of “Dimensions” and “Manual of 

Instructions for Installation of S&T equipment on 25 KV, 50 HZS, A. C. electrified sections as 

modified from time to time unless deviations, if any, are specifically approved by the Engineer. The 

contractor shall be solely responsible for the proper execution of the work as per the said deviation and 

specifications. 

2. Foundation: 

2.1 Conforming to the signalling plan and cable plan the positions of foundations for signal posts, 

apparatus cases, junction boxes, cable termination boxes, diesel generator, shunting /block section 

limit board, Sighting boards, power panel as required, will be indicated by the Engineer’s 

representative at site before the commencement of the work at the station. 

2.2 The excavation of pits for various types of foundations shall be done as per drawings or the 

instructions given by Engineer’s representative and during the excavation, the earth of the pit shall be 

thrown on plain ground away from track and left out earth if any, shall be thrown outside the Railway 

premises. 

2.3 Before casting of foundation, the Contractor’s representative and the Engineer’s representative shall 

jointly inspect the quality and depth of pits, quality of bricks, concrete etc. and ensure compliance with 

the drawings and specifications. 

2.4 Signal posts and sighting boards shall be vertical and plumb and the gap between the base and the 

signal post shall be filled with chatterton compound or any other approved substance. 

3. Apparatus case and signal erection. 

3.1 The signal unit shall be properly mounted, secured, and focussed. 

3.2 Cable for signal units shall be taken inside the signal post. Exposed cable should be protected by 

suitable means. 

3.3 The apparatus cases, junction boxes, and cable termination boxes shall be vertical and plumb. 

4. Cable laying and termination. 

4.1 Cable openings in Apparatus cases, junction boxes and in relay rooms should be covered by sand and 

top should be plastered by cement for apparatus cases and junction boxes. 

4.2 The cables in sufficient spare lengths shall be kept coiled in a circle of suitable diameter at 1-meter 

depth before being taken into the relay rooms/apparatus cases and field operation for termination. Such 

coils of cables in pits shall be adequately covered by sand and bricks to provide protection against 

damage. 

4.3 For each station, the cable route plan will be supplied by Railways before the commencement of the 

cable laying work at the stations. However, under the exigencies of local conditions or for any other 

consideration, the Engineer In charge may alter the cable route plan. The Engineer’s representative in 

charge of the work will mark the route of the cable with chalk or lime, as per cable route plans/ cable 

plans as per the Engineers instructions to him. He shall lay the cables only along this route. The 



contractor shall be represented at the time of marking the route of the cable and he shall furnish to the 

Engineer’s representative, required quantities of lime, rope, labour etc. for carrying out this work at the 

cost of the contractor. 

4.4 Cable laying should commence only after the depths and quality of trenches have been checked, 

quantity of bricks and arrangement for tempted filling etc. are inspected jointly by the Engineer’s 

representative and Contractor’s representative and approved by the Engineer’s representative. 

4.5 Trenching for track crossing and laying of cable across the track should be done only in the presence 

of the Engineer’s representative. 

4.6 Cable shall not be normally taken over the track at the time of cable laying by the contractor, as this is 

likely to cause accident to trains and damage to cable. If, at any time, the cable has to be taken across 

the track, it shall be done only in the presence of the Engineer’s representative and after the safety 

precautions have been taken. 

4.7 The handling, laying and pulling of wires and cable shall be in accordance with instructions and under 

supervision of the contractor. For laying the cables, the drum shall be mounted on axle at one end of 

the trench and the cable laid out and carried by Contractor’s labourers guiding the cable into the 

trench. 

4.8 Cable should be properly terminated in the terminal boards / racks. 

4.9 Bends in cables shall have a radius of not less than 20 times the diameter of the cables 

4.10 Eyelet terminals shall be used on flexible wires, if necessary. 

4.11 Not more than two wires shall be connected to one terminals/ tag. 

4.12 Cables terminated inside apparatus cases, junction boxes and in relayroom should be fixed by clamp or 

any other method as indicated by Engineer’s representative. 

4.13 Terminals shall be mounted so that they cannot be turned in base of frame to be applied. They shall be 

properly insulated from each other and other metallic parts. 

4.14 Terminal shall be installed in an accessible position and neatly arranged on terminal boards in 

housings. 

4.15 The terminal block provided at the locations, and other places shall be provided with suitable links to 

facilitate isolation of the two sides of the circuits, which are connected to the terminal links. 

4.16 With the help of mega ohmmeter, insulation resistance test shall be conducted on all cores of each 

cable jointly by the representative of the Engineer and the contractor before the cable is connected or 

wired to the signalling equipment. The insulation resistance shall be measured between a core and all 

other cores connected together to the sheath and earth. The results of the insulations resistance test 

shall be tabulated in the form given as Annexure-I and the form signed by the representative of the 

contractor and the Engineer. 

4.17 With the help of wheat stone bridge, loop resistance test shall be conducted on all cores of each cable 

jointly by the representatives of the Engineer and the contractor before the cable is connected or wired 

to the signalling equipment. The result of the loop resistance test shall be tabulated in the form given 

as Annexure –II and the form signed by the representatives of the Contractor and the Engineer. 

5. Relay Racks: 



5.1 Relay racks should be of metal, which can be assembled with plug –in- base plates and factory prewired 

base plates for ready installations. The rack includes all the necessary rack fittings, supports in 

the relay room arrangement for fixing fuses and relay bases, as per approved Northern Railway 

drawings. The outside colour should be light yellow coloured. It should be powder coated for long life. 

It should be corrosion resistant. 

5.2 Relay rack shall be provided with anti-vibration protection. 

5.3 Relay rack shall be mounted in the relay room as per the position indicated by the Railway 

representative. 

5.4 MDF Rack will be similar to relay rack and will include all materials required for termination of 

outdoor/ indoor cables, fixing of terminals, fuses, fuse bases, transformers and other accessories as per 

instructions of Engineer at site. 

6. Relays: 

6.1 General: 

6.2 Design: 

In case of A.C. electrified areas, the relays shall be in conformity with RE manual. 

Relays shall be of a design approved by the Railways. Relay shall be provided with means to ensure 

that it cannot be plugged into a wrong base. 

6.3 Mounting : 

Relay base plate shall be fixed on the relay racks for vertical mounting. Relay base plate shall be 

phenolic moulded or of other approved insulated materials and shall have adequate mechanical and 

dielectric strength and insulation qualities. The fastening of relay-to-relay base plate shall be so 

arranged as to securely hold the relay in place and yet be easily removable. Contact pressure between 

relay and base plate shall be adequate to keep constant uninterrupted contact. 

7. Sealing and calibration: 

7.1 The enclosure containing the moving parts of the relay shall be sealed with manufacturer’s seal or 

sealing arrangement should be provided. Each coil shall have attached to it, secured by outside 

binding, a tag which, shall be clearly and indelibly marked with the following particulars. 

7.1.1 Manufacturer’s reference No. 

7.1.2 Size of wire and kind of insulation. 

7.1.3 Resistance of the coil( for DC relays only) 

7.1.4 No. of turns ( for DC relays only) 

8. Interconnections / wiring: 

8.1 Installation of control panel, cable termination and relay racks at the respective places shall have to be 

done. Wiring of relay racks and control panel shall be carried out as per circuit diagram approved by 

the Railways providing interconnection arrangements between the racks and control panels. 

8.2 Interconnection between terminal racks / boards and relay racks shall be carried out by providing 

ladder arrangements or by any other arrangements as instructed by Engineer’s representative. 



8.3 Interconnection between control panel and other racks shall be with ladder arrangement. The ladder 

arrangement of suitable capacity is to be fixed neatly and firmly with proper support. 

8.4 The equipments are to be wired in relay room, control panel, power supply arrangement, apparatus 

case, cable termination box, and battery box and in other locations. 

8.5 Cable termination racks should be erected in the relay room, Suitable cable ducts as required, shall be 

provided to bring all outside cable to the termination rack. RCC slabs shall be manufactured at site and 

covered . All the cables are to be neatly fixed and terminated in order. 

8.6 Terminals supporting the fixed part of front and back contacts and relay shall be fastened on their 

supports so as to preclude adjustments of any kind without first breaking the seal of the relay. 

8.7 10% spare wires shall be installed between terminals, control panel, illuminated diagrams and relay 

racks. 

8.8 It shall be possible to identify wires to all terminals by means of non- metallic tag or level on which is 

stamped the designation corresponding to that is on the circuit and wiring plan. Contractor may adopt 

any other means subject to approval of the Railways. Tag shall be applied in such a manner that if a 

wire is removed from the terminal, the tag will remain on the wire. 

8.9 Where practicable the tags or labels shall be securely fastened adjacent to the terminals or suitably 

painted so that the number can be easily read. 

8.10 All wiring in the cabin and location shall be terminated on suitable terminal block/tag blocks having 

minimum insulation resistance of 500 Mega. Ohms at 500 VDC. The terminal blocks/tag blocks shall 

be covered with plastic cover. 

8.11 The colour of the wires for wiring should be as per standard colour scheme used on the Railway which 

is as follows:- 

• Black 110 V Bx & Nx, 24 V Nx 

• Green 24V steady Panel Indication 

• Red 24 V flashing - do - 

• Blue 60 V DC positive 

• Grey 60 V DC negative 

The above colour scheme shall be followed as required. 

8.12 Contact numbering for the relays shall be made by the contractor as per the approved circuit diagram 

issued by the railway and type of relay proposed to be used on the installation. 

8.13 No joints are permitted in the connection wires. 

8.14 Wiring in relays housing shall be uniform for like apparatus throughout the installation. 

8.14.1 Wiring inside one rack for shelf type and plug in Contact relays type (Metal to Carbon) 

Relay rack wiring housing plug in type relays conforming to BRS-930 and shelf type relays 

conforming to BS-1659 shall be done with" PVC insulated unsheathed flame retarding type single core 

flexible wire 1100V grade having l6/0.2mm. annealed copper conductor and nominal cross sectional 

area of 0.5 Sq. mm of common colour code to the specification IS: 694". For wiring these relays the 

above wires shall be terminated on eyelet /lugs of standard design. 



8.14.2 Wiring of proved type relays (metal to metal contact): 

For wiring the above relays the use of single strand tinned copper wire of 0.6mm and 1.Omm 1100V 

grade PVC insulated flame proof shall be used. The use of multi-core cable of 100 core, 60 core, 40 

core and 20 core having the above conductor diameter and, grade is permitted. Size of conductor shall 

be chosen based on current to be carried through these conductors. The wire and cable used shall 

generally conform to IS: 694. 

8.14.3 The wiring between the terminal board of the panel and the unwired tag block on the relay rack is to be 

carried out using multi-core cables (40 core or 60 core) 0.6mm/l.0mm diameter annealed tinned copper 

wire to IS:694. The wiring on the Q' series relay rack is to be carried out by l6/0.2mm dia single core 

multi-strand flexible A. T. copper wire to I.S.694. 

8.14.4 Soldering at the tag block terminals shall be made using good quality solder and flux. Care must be 

taken to prevent dropping of excessive solder from terminal thereby causing failure/unwanted 

connection or short by fusing of PVC insulation in the row below it. It is advisable to raise the wires 

by mechanical means and temporarily interposing a wooden or plastic sheet between the adjacent rows 

while soldering, to collect the excessive solder that may be dropping out. 

8.14.5 After testing, the loose wires on the cable ladder shall be neatly bunched and laced with twine black. 

The contractor shall adopt suitable colour code for wiring as required by the Engineer in-charge. Spare 

conductors to an extent of 10% are to be provided on the interconnecting wire runs for future 

developments, in case multi-core cable is used. 

8.14.6 Various supplies associated with signalling viz., 110V AC, 110V DC, 60V DC, 24V DC 12/24V AC 

and l2/24V AC flashing are to be brought out to the relay/equipment room as per instructions. 

Necessary measuring instruments are to be mounted on the Hylam sheet l0 mm thick fitted to the 

power panel with suitable switches and HRC fuses. 

8.14.7 After the complete testing by the Engineer in-charge and before commissioning the installation, the 

contractor shall arrange necessary lead seals & sealing wires for sealing the relays. 

8.14.8 The nomenclature of each relay shall be painted both in front and rear side of each relay with contact 

configuration. The relay index sheet duly painted with details of relay and their position in the relay 

rack shall be manufactured out of Decolum /Novapan sheet and fixed in the relay room. All the relays 

to be plugged shall be checked visually and defect if any, noticed shall be replaced, duly reporting the 

same to the Railways. Relay rack wiring and contact chart of all relays shall be prepared in 

linen/polyester sheets, duly signed and handed over to Railways for preparation of handing -over 

documents to maintenance organisation. 

8.14.9 Suitable arrangements shall be made in the relay rack for fixing condenser and resistance unit, required 

for slow to release feature. Letter painting shall be made against each unit to identify circuit for which 

it is used. 

9. FUSES, TERMINAL AND TERMINAL LINKS: 

FUSES: 

9.1 It shall not be possible to insert a cartridge of a higher rating into a holder of lower rating. 

9.2 Fuses shall be of non-deteriorating type conforming to RDSO specification. 

9.3 Fuse clips shall be mounted on an insulating base of fireproof material. 

9.4 Fuses or circuit breakers shall be installed according to standard practice with prior approval of the 

Railway. 



10. INSULATION: 

Provision of insulation wherever required to follow standard approved Railway practice for the 

purpose. Material used for insulation shall be such that it will not be injuriously affected by 

atmospheric conditions. 

11. TRACK CIRCUIT: 

11.1 Track circuit connections to the rails and jumpers should be fixed by channel pins to the rails. Any 

alternative method to be adopted should be approved in advance by the Engineer. 

11.2 Surge dischargers shall be connected to the rails in each track circuit as per Drawing 

No.RE/S&T/SIG/TENDER/SK/31/85. 

12. EARTHING: 

12.1 Earth resistance of the Earth Electrode shall not exceed 10 Ohms. 

12.2 Earth Electrode shall be tested as per instruction of Earthing given as Annexure-III and the result shall 

be recorded in the Form given with the instructions as per Annexure-III. The form should be signed 

by the representative of the Contractor and the Engineer. 

12.3 Earthing of equipment shall be done as per the instruction on Earthing of signalling and telecom 

equipment in 25 KV 50 Hz AC electrified section as per Annexure-III. 

13. STATION EQUIPMENT 

13.1 The control panel shall be erected in the place as shown by the Engineer-in charge of the work on 

proper foundation bolts and cement concrete. Before erecting the panel, a suitable duct shall be made 

for bringing the jumper cables into the control panel. 

13.2 The control panel if it is Domino type shall be wired with indoor cable 40C/60C. If it is PTJ type, shall 

be wired with 16/0.2 wire coils. 

13.3 The contractor shall protect the control panel, while doing the wiring. The terminal particulars, power 

supply points, tag block particulars shall be neatly painted on the inner side of the panel. Before 

commencing wiring all knobs, buttons & indicators shall be tested for proper contact and defective 

ones shall be replaced in the initial stage itself. 

13.4 The cable termination and internal wiring terminal particulars of control panel shall be made out 

signed by the contractor and handed over to Railways. The control panel shall be earthed properly. 

13.5 Any modification to the panel wiring shall be done by the contractor at site, as required by the 

Railways free of cost before final commissioning. 

13.6 The inter-connections arrangements includes laying of multi-core hook up wire cables, inter 

connection between Generator room, battery room, power rack and cable termination rack by using 

sufficiently thick wires not less than 7/l.4mm PVC copper or 10 sq. mm. multi-strand copper 

conductor to avoid the voltage drop. 

13.7 The ladder arrangements provided shall be of suitable size and manufactured by the contractor, fixed 

neatly and firmly with proper supports. Cable details, functions allotted to each core and terminal 

numbers shall be prepared and handed over to the Railways. 



14. TESTING AND COMMISSIONING 

Testing and commissioning consist of final testing of selection circuits, for proper functioning of track 

circuits and points, gears as per SEM, energising and testing of power cables, stabilisers, secondary 

cells for all circuits, energising and testing of colour light signals and final commissioning of the entire 

signalling arrangements for traffic use. All the alterations for improving safety shall be carried out 

before commissioning as required by the Railways. The contractor shall first test the equipment and 

then jointly with Railways, testing charges being borne by the contractor. The contractor shall provide 

test panel for testing at his own cost. The different stages and procedures for testing of indoor and 

outdoor equipment are given below as guidance – 

STAGE. I -TESTING OF THE RELAY INTERLOCKING 

STAGE. II -TESTING OF THE OUTDOOR GEARS, i.e. POINTS, SIGNALS, TRACK CIRCUITS, 

LC GATES, ETC. 

STAGE. III -COMMISSIONING OF PANEL BY CONNECTING THE OUTDOOR GEARS TO 

THE PANEL. 

14.1 TESTING OF RELAY INTERLOCKING 

Testing of Relay Interlocking consists of Energisation of relays by connecting the simulation panel, & 

Clearing of signals on the simulation panel and carrying out the following tests (As per table of 

control) – 

• Negative tests 

• Dead/Approach locking tests & Route/Back locking tests 

• Testing of conflicting signals & routes. 

• All other circuits viz., SM's key, CHLR in the respective signalling circuits & LXPR, KLCPR are 

proved correctly. 

Above activities are explained below in detail – 

14.1.1 Energisation of relays: 

For major yards, it is preferable to energise relays, circuit wise and sheet wise since it involves number 

of routes and parallel movements. For way station, it is preferable to energise the circuit, route wise. 

Before taking up the above energisation, the following works shall be completed – 

• Wire to wire bell-test of all sheets before soldering and after soldering. 

• Plugging of all relays as per contact configuration. 

• Power supply arrangement with batteries. 

14.1.2 Connecting The Simulation Panel: 

• It shall be possible to control all TPRs, NWKRs/RWKRs, CHLRs, KLCRs, LXCPRs etc., from 

the simulation panel by energising all the relays. 

• It is desirable to have the simulation panel adjacent to control panel so that the panel indication 

can be observed simultaneously while testing. 

14.1.3 Connecting simulation panel : Simulation panel consists of two Boards – 

Board No.1: It depicts the yard (painted) with points, track circuits, LC gates and slots. Switches are 

fixed on the board to simulate the conditions of the points, track circuits, interlocked LC gates, slots 

etc. 



Track circuit switches are fixed on the track. Point control switches are fixed nearer to the points, for 

small yards. For major yards the switches are grouped as point switches and track circuit switches. 

Functions requiring ON and OFF switch (with make and break facility ie, two wires only.) with 

facility to pick up a relay in one position and drop the same in other position. 

Example: 

• Switch OFF - Track Down - TPR dropped. 

• Switch ON - Track pick up - TPR picked up. 

For controlling the following functions the above type switches shall be used –Track circuits, Siding 

points, Crank handles, Slots, LC gates 

Points require ON and OFF switches with facility to pickup conflicting relays (i.e., NWKR and 

RWKR) in two positions. (These switches require three wires.) 

Board No.2: To simulate the signals the following bulbs are used as dummy loads for the ECRs to 

pick up and also to observe the aspect of the signals during testing. 

• ON aspect - 110v 40W 

• OFF aspect - 110v 25W 

• Route aspect - 110v 75W (Junction type Route indicator) 

14.1.4 Wiring simulation panel to the relay room side wiring at MDF: 

• Disconnect all the links on cable termination rack. Wires from the switches are connected to the 

relay room side termination. Similarly the wires from simulation panel board. no. 2 consisting of 

lamps are connected to the relay room side termination. 

• 0.6 mm multi-core cable is used for wiring the simulation boards. To reduce the voltage drop, 

more conductors are used for supply taken to the test panel and also to the negative since common 

return is used. 

14.2 TESTING OF OUTDOOR GEARS 

Testing of outdoor gears consists of – 

10. Signals 

11. Motor operated points 

12. Track circuits 

13. LC gates (Interlocked) 

14. Sidings 

14.3 COMMISSIONING OF PANEL 

Commissioning of panel consists of – 

iv) Testing all signals from panel and correspondence of their aspects. Checking the correspondence 

between the points and panel for their panel indications. 

v) Checking the correspondence between the track circuits and their panel indications. 

vi) Testing of sidings, its electrical transmission of EKT, panel indications. 

vii) Testing of LC gates, its electrical transmission of EKT, panel indications. 

14.4 TESTING AND COMMISSIONING OF OUTDOOR EQUIPMENT 

14.4.1 Cable meggering and pairing up of conductors shall be done. 

14.4.2 All the power cables shall be made through and power supply shall be extended to all locations. 



14.4.3 After the power cables are energised, check up each limb of the power cable whether any earth fault exists using 

multi-meter. This will indicate whether any cable conductor is faulty (i.e. earthed). 

14.4.4 Signals shall be initially tested from the location box to attend to minor troubles of bulb holders, wiring etc., 

14.4.5 All the aspects shall be checked by giving ll0V AC feed from location box and then the test shall be repeated by 

giving feed from Relay room CT rack. This test shall be done for each aspect, route and pilot lamp of shunt 

signals. 

14.4.6 Care shall be taken to ensure that no train is approaching during this test to avoid misleading information to 

drivers. 

14.4.7 Ensure that signal number plate is provided and unit back door is fastened and locked properly. Door locking is 

very important to prevent sunrays falling on to lenses to give phantom indications. 

14.4.8 Focus the signal aspects, record the aspect voltages and ensure that it is within the permissible limit. (90% of rated 

voltage of the bulb) 

14.4.9 Points shall be tested first locally from the location box when the point contactor unit is kept in location. Before 

commencing this test, ensure ll0V DC, 24 VDC are available in location box. If it is cross over point, it is 

preferable to test one by one and then test both at a time. 

14.4.10 Testing of SIEMENS Point contactor unit: 

Connect N 24V to W4, connect B 24V to WI, then remove so that N/R picks up and holds, then touch 

B24V to W3 to operate points from normal to reverse. All the relays in point contactor unit operate as 

required and point operated from N to R. Check up whether NWKR supply to relay room is available. 

For Reverse to Normal operation, keeping N24V in W4, touch B24V on W1 and then on W2; Point 

operates from Reverse to Normal. Check up that RWKR supply to relay room is available. 

14.4.11 Testing of Point Contactor unit with QBCA1 Relays: 

• Connect B 24V to W3 and N 24V to W4. WCR picks up. Connect B 24V to W2 and N 24V to W1 

to pick up RWCR to operate the point from normal to reverse. After the point operation is 

completed, drop RWCR, WCR by disconnecting the supply. 

• Check up whether outgoing RWKR supply is available in location box. 

• For reverse to normal operation, change the polarity on W1 & W2 and check. 

• Care shall be taken to check whether correct wiring is done with regard to polarity 

• Check up whether the cross protection wiring is done on the electrical detector. 

• Check up whether snubbing is effective in case of GRS 5E point machine. 

14.4.12 Following tests shall be carried out on Point Machines: 

• Obstruction test. 

• Detection contact break test 

• Out of correspondence test (in case of cross over point) 

• Track locking test (to be done when operated from panel). 

• This test is to be done for both N to R and R to N operations. 

• Whether point can be hand cranked with interlocked crank handle. 

• Check the correspondence between point position at site, both the ends in case of crossover and 

NWKR/RWKR in relay room (to be done when tested from panel) 

14.4.13 Following tests shall be carried out on Track Circuits: 



• All the track circuits shall be energised and outgoing TPR voltages checked. 

• Check whether cross protection wiring is done for TPR circuit. 

• Shunt the track circuit at various places on the track and check whether the track relay drops every 

time it is shunted. (Especially near fouling marks). 

• Check the correspondence between TR and TPR in relay room. 

• Track circuit shall be adjusted properly and readings recorded. TSR value shall be recorded. 

• Check whether the track circuit is protecting the fouling point. 

• Ensure that at least one polarity rail is in series connection. 

• Check up input AC voltage to the track feed charger is sufficient and battery is getting charged. 

14.4.14 Check up the interlocking of L.C. Gates, siding points. 

14.4.15 Check up for the proper functioning of electrical transmission of key transmitters. 

14.4.16 Check up the panel indications. 

14.4.17 Connect magneto telephone communication between SM and LC gate/siding. 

14.4.18 Ensure that respective signals cannot be taken off if LC/siding controls are not available with SM (i.e. 

on panel) 

14.4.19 Ensure that when the signals are taken off, respective LC gate/siding key cannot be extracted from the 

EKT 

14.5 COMMISSIONING OF PANEL 

14.5.1 Check up all signals aspects by directly feeding from cable termination rack (ll0 V-AC). 

14.5.2 Check up operation of points from CT rack and check whether NWRR/RWKR incoming feed is available (by 

connecting 24V DC to WI, W2, W3 & W4 as explained earlier). 

14.5.3 Check up the incoming feed of TPRs in the C.T.Rack. The above checking will confirm the pairing of cable 

conductors. 

14.5.4 Remove the wiring connection of simulation board on cable termination rack and make through the links of all 

TPRs, WKRs and signal circuits. 

14.5.5 First test the points from panel individually and conduct all tests discussed earlier including track locking test, 

correspondence between point position and NWKR/RWKR in relay roam. 

14.5.6 Check whether all TPRs have picked up and check up the panel indication by individually dropping each track 

circuit to correspond correctly. 

14.5.7 Check whether all other required relays viz., CHLR, LXPR, KLCR have picked up. 

14.5.8 Test all the signals from panel. 

14.5.9 Check the correspondence between relay room and signal aspects which, is most important: 

14.5.10 For checking the aspects of home signals, distant signals, staff (not below the rank of ESM) shall be deputed to site with 

walkie-talkie or Magneto telephone and check the correspondence. 

14.5.11 Remove the signal bulb at site of every aspect and check whether indication disappears on the panel and ECR drops in the 

relay room. 



14.5.12 Open all the registers and make entries of counter numbers before handing over to operating staff. 

14.5.13 The following Registers shall be handed over to operating staff. 

• Relay room key register 

• Route cancellation register 

• Crank handle register 

• Axle counter reset register 

• Diesel oil consumption registers (Generator working register) 

14.5.14 The following registers shall be opened for signal maintenance staff 

• Track circuit history register 

• Track circuit maintenance register 

• Signal lamp replacement register 

• Battery maintenance register 

• Block / Glued joint maintenance register 

• Axle Counter maintenance register. 

• However contractor will make supply of above registers, if included in the Schedule of Works. 

14.5.15 Sealing of equipment where required shall be done. 

14.5.16 Entries shall be made in the signal history register regarding new S&T assets commissioned. 

14.6 MISCELLANEOUS: 

WOOD WORK: 

14.6.1 Wherever woodwork is involved, the wooden planks are to be supplied by the contractor and he shall ensure the 

wood of good quality, which shall be varnished/ painted as specified. All teak wood boards shall be varnished 

and hard wood shelves should be black painted. 

14.6.2 Wooden cross of approved type should be provided for the newly erected colour light signals, till they are 

commissioned. 

14.6.3 Wooden Board and shelves are to be properly polished before fixing the terminals and equipments on it, as 

advised by the Engineer. 

14.6.4 All the equipments, relays and terminals are to be marked by lettering on it as advised by the Engineer. 

***** 



ENCLOSURE – 2 Vol – III 

SUPPLEMENT 

STANDARD PRACTICES & GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS WHILE CARRYING OUT S&T WORKS: 

For improving the reliability in Suburban section, certain steps were taken in the past. The same should be 

followed for ongoing or future works being executed. These are summarised below: 

1. Keeping view of RE (change over of traction supply) work, Audio Frequency Track Circuits with complete 

centralised equipment shall be planned. 

2. Provision of glued joints should be made in all future works. 

3. Separate cables for functions of different lines such as up local, down local, up through and down through and the 

yard shall be laid, so that minimum interruption to the train working caused in case of failure or cable 

disconnected. 

4. Fibre glass boot- legs shall be used for track circuits. 

5. Centralisation of equipment, especially for auto signals shall be done and the relay equipment shall be housed in 

adjoining relay rooms. 

6. For track circuits, wiring of feed end & relay end shall be done with flexible wires in the location box. 

7. Tail cables for points shall be 5-core cable. In between cables from one machine to another of the crossover shall 

also be two nos. of 5 core or one 5 core & one 2 core. 

8. Point junction box shall be ME box with M-6 terminals fixed on the hylum sheets. The box shall be fixed on the 

rail post near the point machines. 

9. The wiring tree of the point machines shall be used as per the existing practice followed in the suburban section. 

10. For signals supply, ferro-resonant type voltage regulators alone to be used. Fuses shall be provided for line wise 

functions so that only one line will be affected in case of fuse blowing. 

11. Auto or semi-auto signals shall be wired in such a way that they repeat the ‘off’ aspect even in case of red lamp 

fusing when they work on auto mode. 

12. Separate earth leakage detectors shall be provided for all power supplies in the installation independently for 

continuous monitoring. 

13. For any new works, full/half apparatus cases to be provided for cable termination & housing equipments. The 

apparatus cases shall be manufactured by WM (Sig.) SBI to the approved drawing or similar. They shall be fitted 

with ‘E’ type lock of standard ward No. 11. In addition, there shall be provision of arrangement for pad locking. 

14. Yard communication such as paging/ talk back shall be provided in all major RRIs. 

15. Communication cables shall be laid for communication points in location / Apparatus cases and on point junction 

boxes. 



16. Separate fuses shall be provided for all control panel circuits such that total failure can be avoided due to fuse 

blowing. 

17. MDS or SIEMENS make MCBS of required capacity only be provided for different supplies in the installations. 

18. Automatic change over of supply between ‘A’ and ‘D’ feeder and SEB/NTPC supplies shall be provided for 

reliability. 

***** 



LIST OF SIGNALLING MATERIALS WITH THEIR SPECIFICATION / DRAWINGS: 

ENCLOSURE – 3 Vol – III 

(ONLY THOSE ITEMS WILL, APPLY TO CONTRACTOR WHICH ARE TO BE SUPPLIED BY THEM) 

1. Un-screened PVC insulated Armoured signalling cable Copper conductor solid/ stranded, __core ___Sq. mm as 

per specification No.IRS-S-63 with latest amendments. The core of the cable shall be identified as per Para 

3.2.5/3.2.6 of the specification. 

2. Cable signalling underground screened with galvanised double steel tape as per IRS-S-35, S-63 with latest 

amendments ___core ___Sq. mm. 

3. Jelly filled cables as per specification IRS-TC-41-97 with latest amendment. 

4. Cable as per IRS-63 with latest amendments, PVC insulated steel tape armoured and PVC sheathed Copper/ 

Aluminium conductor solid/stranded size ___core___ Sq. mm. conductor conforming to IS: 1554 (latest). 

5. Four quad having 0.5 mm dia. or 0.9 mm dia. conductors underground cable for Axle counter for use in Railway 

Electrified areas as per IRS TC-30/96 or (Latest). 

6. Four quad having 0.5 mm dia. or 0.9 mm dia. conductors underground cable for Axle counter for use in Non 

Railway Electrified areas as per IRS TC-31/83 or (Latest). 

7. Indoor cables, copper conductor, PVC insulated and sheathed as per IRS S:76/89 with latest amendments size 

___core ___mm dia. 

8. Single core, size___mm, nominal cross sectional area___, solid/stranded Copper conductor, PVC insulated 

in___colour as per IRS/76 with latest amendments. 

9. Apparatus case steel single as per sketch No.RE/S&T/ALD/SK/219/82 with alteration ‘A’ and 221/82 with 

alteration ‘B’. The key and handle should be @ one each per 2 apparatus cases. 

10. Apparatus case steel half as per sketch No.RE/S&T/ALD/SK/220/82 with Alteration ‘A’ and 221/82 with 

alteration ‘B’. The key and handle should be @ one each per 2 apparatus cases. 

11. Junction box steel as per sketch No.RE/S&T/ALD/SK/227/82 corrected up to 30.6.86 and 228/82 corrected up to 

18.1.93. The key and handle should be @ one each per 2 junction boxes. 

12. Track lead Jn. Box as per IRS(s) Drg. No.SA-20101/M made of FRP material (FRP material conforming to RDSO 

SPN 151/97 or latest) complete with 450 mm long 25 mm dia. pipe. 

13. Signal colour light Multi Unit type 4 aspect without side light, signal transformers, lamps and lenses as per RDSO 

Drg. No.SA-23001 A/M(Adv.) specification IRS:S-26/64 or latest. 

14. Signal Colour light multi unit type 3 aspect without side light lenses, lamps and signal transformers as per RDSO 

Drg. No.SA-23002 A/M(Adv.) latest specification IRS: S-26/64 or latest. 

15. Signal colour light multi unit type 2 Aspect without side light lenses, lamps and signal transformer as per RDSO 

Drg. No.SA-23003 A/M (Adv.) latest. The mounting socket should be provided for 140 mm dia. to RDSO Drg. 

No.S-23005 M(Adv.) Latest. Specification IRS:S-26/64 or latest. 

16. Colour Light signalling tubular post as per IRS Spec. No.IRS-S-6-81 or latest, 3.6 metres long. 

17. Colour Light signalling tubular post as per IRS spec.No.IRS/S-6-81 or latest, 4.6 metres long. 



18. Colour Light signalling tubular post as per IRS spec. No.IRS/S-6-81 or latest, 5.6 metres long. 

19. Route Indicator directional type 5 units Arm 1 way as per Drg. No.SA-23401 (Adv) latest & spec. IRS:S-66 

(latest) complete with fittings but without lamps, lenses and signal transformer along with mounting sockets 

140mm dia. to RDSO Drg. No.S-23005/M(Adv.) Latest. 

20. Route Indicator Directional type 5 Unit Arm 2 way as per Drg. No.SA-23402 (Adv.) latest & spec. IRS:S- 

66(latest) complete with fittings but without lamps, lenses and signal transformer along with mounting sockets 

140mm dia. to RDSO Drg. No.S-23005/M(Adv.)Latest. (Suitable arrangement should be provided to fix the Arm 

as per Unit combination ‘a’ and ‘b’ indicated on the Drg.) 

21. Route Indicator Directional type 5 Unit Arm 3 way as per Drg. No.SA-23403 (Adv) latest & spec. IRS:S-66 

(latest) complete with fittings but without lamps, lenses and signal transformer along with mounting sockets 

140mm dia. to RDSO Drg. No.S-23005/M(Adv.) Latest. (Suitable arrangement should be provided to fix the Arm 

as per Unit combination ‘a’ and ‘b’ indicated on the Drg.) 

22. Signal lamps – Holder unit as per Drg. No.S-23030/M & SA-24831. 

23. Ladder for colour light signal multi unit type 5.5 metres as per RDSO Drg. No.SA-23155 (Adv.) with latest 

alteration. 


amendments. 


amendments. 

26. Signal Base for 140 mm dia. post as per IRS(s) Drg. No.S-2011/M with latest amendments. 

27. Signal Bracket colour position light for 140 mm outside dia. post as per RDSO Drg. No.SA-23080 (Adv.) latest. 

28. OFF set Bracket Suitable for colour light signal, 140 mm outside dia. post. 

29. ‘P’ Marker (Non-illuminated) as per Drg.No. RE/S&T/Sig/Tender/SK/ 36/ 85 dated 20.04.85. 

30. A/G/C Marker (Non-illuminated) as per Drg.no.SA-23451(Adv.)/SA-23476(Adv.) 

31. Bakelite sheet as per IS spec.no.IS-1998-1962 B22. 

32. Signal Cable Marker as per Drg.No. CORE/S&T/ALD/SK/373/93 Pg.10, ALT-A. 

33. Block Section/Shunting Limit Board as per RDSO Drg.No.SA-2373 (Adv.) latest. 

34. Cable Trough (GI) for girder Bridges as per Drg.No. RE/ S&T /SIG/ Tender/ SK/22/85 dt. 20.04.85. 

35. Earth electrode as per Drg. No. RE/S&T/SIG/Tender/SK/26A/85. 

36. RCC pipe 150 mm dia. 2 metre long with collars to IS specn. No.458/1971 or latest. 

37. Signal shunt position light 2 position as per RDSO Drg. No. SA-23840 (Adv.) with latest amendments. 

38. Repeater Luminous Signal green as per IRS Drg. No. SA-23271 C/M with latest amendments. 

39. Repeater Luminous Signal Red as per IRS Drg. No SA-23271 A/M with latest amendments. 

40. Repeater Luminous Signal Yellow as per IRS Drg. No SA-23271 B/M with latest amendments. 



41. Indicator Luminous Stencil type ‘F’ as per IRS Drg. No. SA-23296/M with latest amendments. 

42. Indicator Luminous Stencil type ‘L’ as per IRS Drg. No. SA-23295/M with latest amendments. 

43. Indicator Luminous Stencil type ‘N’ as per IRS Drg. No. SA-23291/M with latest amendments. 

44. Indicator Luminous Stencil type ‘OFF’ as per IRS Drg. No. SA-23293/M with latest amendments. 

45. Indicator Luminous Stencil type ‘ON’ as per IRS Drg. No. SA-23294/M with latest amendments. 

46. Indicator Luminous Stencil type ‘R’ as per IRS Drg. No. SA-23292/M with latest amendments. 

47. Indicator Luminous Stencil type case complete as per IRS Drg. No. SA-23297/M with latest amendments. 

48. Circuit Controller 2 Way (modified design) lever as per RDSO Drg. No. SA-20245 Advance with latest 

amendments. 


amendments. 


amendments. 


amendments. 

52. Double wire circuit controller (Rotary type) 4-way as per Drg.No. SA-22420 Advance with latest amendments. 



55. Electric signal reverser as per IRS:S-19 (latest). 

56. Electric lever lock and circuit controller combined 200 mm stroke as per Drg. No. SA-22701 (Advance with latest 

amendments. 

57. Key transmitter - Electric as per IRS – S-21 (latest). 

58. Earth Leakage detector single channel/ multi channel suitable to work on 110 voltage 50 Hz single phase AC as 

per RDSO Specification No. 256-1971 (Revised 1977 or latest complete with electro- magnetic counter. 

59. Terminal Block (M6- Terminals) as per IRS Specification NO. IRS-S-75-91(latest) and IRS Drg. No. SA- 

23741/A/with latest alteration. 

60. Fuse Link cartridge cylindrical head/ knife edge (2A, 4A and so on) non-deteriorating type, non-indication type as 

per IRS Specification No. IRS-S-78-92 or latest. 

61. Indication type of low voltage (0.4A, 0.6A and 1.6 Amp.) Non-deteriorating fuse links for signalling circuit as per 

latest RDSO specification. 

62. Fuse Block as per IRS(S) Drg. NO. SA-23748 with latest alterations. 

63. SM’s control- Electric as per RDSO specn. IRS: S-48 latest. 



64. Block instrument single line Neal’s Ball Token type ‘A’ as per RDSO Drg. No. SA-20701(Advance) with latest 

amendments. 

65. Block instrument double line as per RDSO specn. No. IRS-S-22(latest) similar to SGE token-less block 

instrument. 

66. Single line token-less block instrument to suit RE similar to Daido as per RDSO/SPN/119/91 or latest. 

67. Block filter unit as per IRS: S-68(latest). 

68. Signal colour light transformer as per IRS specification NO. IRS:S-59 & S-23 and RDSO Drg.No. SA-2301A/M 

or latest. 

69. Axle counter – Universal type IRS-S-42/85 & Drg. No. S- 15602-04(latest). 

70. SM’s block panel as per RDSO Drg. NO. S-32001. 

71. Multiplexer for Axle counter complete with Transmitter /receiver combiner converter as per RDSO Drg. No. S- 

32001. 

72. Transformer-230 V AC/110 V AC as per IRS Specification No. IRS-S-72/88 (Latest). 

73. Indication transformer as per IRS Specification No. IRS-S-83/92 (Latest). 

74. Current transformer for lamp proving (H,I,L Type) as per IRS specification No. IRS-S-62/92(Latest). 

75. Lock key ‘E’ type as per IRS Drg. No. SA-3376/M with latest amendments. 

76. Interlocking Frame Ground type single lever as per RDSO Drg. No. SA-922 (Advance) with latest amendments. 

77. Point rodding (Solid) as per IRS Drg. No. S-3635 A with latest amendments. 

78. Roller Trestle 2 way as per RDSO Drg. No. S- 3534/M (Adv.) with latest amendments. 

79. Roller Trestle 4 way as per RDSO Drg. No. S- 3535/M (Adv.) with latest amendments. 

80. Roller standard as per RDSO Drg. No. S- 3538/M (Adv.) with latest amendments. 

81. Bottom roller as per RDSO Drg. No. S-3332 and RDSO/SPN/135/93 with latest amendments. 

82. Top roller as per RDSO Drg. No. S-3331 and RDSO/SPN/135/93 with latest amendments. 

83. Top roller pin as per RDSO Drg. No. S-3540/M (Adv.) with latest amendments. 

84. Horizontal Crank 300 mm X 300 mm as per RDSO Drg. No. SA-3414/M (Adv.) with latest amendments. 

85. Horizontal Crank 100 mm X 400 mm as per RDSO Drg. No. SA-3415/M (Adv.) with latest amendments. 

86. Vertical Crank as per RDSO Drg. No. SA-3412/M (Adv.) with latest amendments. 

87. Adjustable Crank as per RDSO Drg. No. SA-3416/M (Adv.) with latest amendments. 

88. Adjustable straight Crank as per RDSO Drg. No. SA-3417/M (Adv.) with latest amendments. 

89. Compensator 2533 mm X 406 mm as per RDSO Drg. No. SA-3504/M (Adv.) with latest amendments. 



90. Accommodating Crank ‘Low’ 103 mm centre as per RDSO Drg. No. SA-5852/M (Adv.) with latest amendments. 

91. Accommodating Crank ‘Medium’ 103 mm centre as per RDSO Drg. No. SA-5853/M (Adv.) with latest 

amendments. 

92. Accommodating Crank ‘High’ 103 mm centre as per RDSO Drg. No. SA-5854/M (Adv.) with latest amendments. 

93. Accommodating Crank ‘Low’ 125 mm centre as per RDSO Drg. No. SA-5856/M (Adv.) with latest amendments. 

94. Accommodating Crank ‘Medium’ 125 mm centre as per RDSO Drg. No. SA-5857/M (Adv.) with latest 

amendments. 

95. Accommodating Crank ‘High’ 125 mm centre as per RDSO Drg. No. SA-5858/M (Adv.) with latest amendments. 

96. Foundation type ‘A’ as per IRS Drg. No. S-3529/M (Adv.) with latest amendments. 

97. Foundation type ‘B’ as per IRS Drg. No. S-3536/M (Adv.) with latest amendments. 

98. Foundation type ‘B’ as per IRS Drg. No. S-3533/M (Adv.) with latest amendments. 

99. Shoe 1 or 2 way as per RDSO Drg. NO. S-5814/M (Adv.) with latest amendments. 

100. Shoe joint (Butt end) as per RDSO Drg. NO. S-5817/M (Adv.) with latest amendments. 

101. Flange connecting rod (Butt end) as per RDSO Drg. NO. S-3600/M (Adv.) with latest amendments. 

102. Angle Slide 1 or 2 way as per RDSO Drg. NO. S-5818/M (Adv.) with latest amendments. 

103. Switch Extension piece (BG) LH as per RDSO Drg. NO. S-6063/M (Adv.) with latest amendments. 

104. Switch Extension piece (BG) RH as per RDSO Drg. NO. S-6062/M (Adv.) with latest amendments. 

105. Lug Eye (Butt end) as per RDSO Drg. NO. S-3631/M (Adv.) with latest amendments. 

106. Flush joint 32 mm (Butt end) as per RDSO Drg. NO. SA-6051/M (Adv.) with latest amendments. 

107. Solid joint 32 mm(Butt end as per RDSO Drg. No. SA-6050/M (Adv.) with latest amendments. 

108. Solid joint 20 mm(Butt end as per RDSO Drg. No. SA-2160/M (Adv.) with latest amendments. 

109. Joint Screw 20 mm(Butt end as per RDSO Drg. No. SA-2162 /M (Adv.) with latest amendments. 

110. Radial guide standard as per RDSO Drg. No. SA-3831 /M (Adv.) with latest amendments. 

111. Radial guide extension bracket as per RDSO Drg. No. SA-3832 /M (Adv.) with latest amendments. 

112. Radial guide lock driving rod 33 mm as per RDSO Drg. No. SA-3833 /M (Adv.) with latest amendments. 

113. Radial guide connection rod 33 mm as per RDSO Drg. No. SA-3834 /M (Adv.) with latest amendments. 

114. 3 Section lock bar inclined as per as per RDSO Drg. No. SA-3275 /M (Adv.) with latest amendments. 

115. Lock bar driving attachment as per RDSO Drg. No. SA-3243 /M (Adv.) with latest amendments. 

116. Clip Lock Bar inside 60 Kg. UIC Rail Clamp Type as per RDSO Drg. No. SA-8675 (Adv.) with latest 

amendments. 



117. Clip Lock Bar inside 52 Kg. Rail Clamp Type as per RDSO Drg. No. SA-3560/1 (Adv.) with latest amendments. 

118. Clip Lock Bar inside 90R Rail Clamp Type as per RDSO Drg. No. SA-3561 (Adv.) with latest amendments. 

119. Lock bar stop 60 Kg. UIC Rail Clamp type as per RDSO Drg. No. SA-8678 (Adv.) with latest amendments. 

120. Lock bar stop 52 Kg. Rail Clamp type as per RDSO Drg. No. SA-3591 (Adv.) with latest amendments. 

121. Lock bar stop 90 R Rail Clamp type as per RDSO Drg. No. SA-3502 (Adv.) with latest amendments. 

122. Roller Path 52 Kg. Rail Clamp type as per RDSO Drg. No. SA-3578 (Adv.) with latest amendments. 

123. Roller Path 90R Rail Clamp type as per RDSO Drg. No. SA-3579 (Adv.) with latest amendments. 

124. Lock facing point as per RDSO Drg. No. SA-5984 (Adv.) with latest amendments. 

125. Lock facing point split stretcher bar (BG) as per RDSO Drg. No. SA-5988 (Adv.) with latest amendments. 

126. Lock facing point (H. P. Type) with key locks base as per RDSO Drg. No. S-3152/M (Adv.) with latest 

amendments. 

127. Lock facing point (H. P. Type) split stretcher bar (BG) 52 Kg. Rail as per RDSO Drg. No. S-3162 B/M (Adv.) 

with latest amendments. 

128. Lock facing point (H. P. Type) split stretcher bar 90R Rail as per RDSO Drg. No. S-3163 / M (Adv.) with latest 

amendments. 

129. Screw joint adjusting (Butt end) as per RDSO Drg. No. S-3628 / M (Adv.) with latest amendments. 

130. Indicator point on trestle with short lamp base as per RDSO Drg. No. S-5777/2 / M (Adv.) with latest 

amendments. 

131. Point rodding connections for Siemens Electric Point Machine as per RDSO Drg. No. SA-8800-01 (Adv.) with 

latest amendments. 

132. Point connection for IRS rotary point machine complete as per RDSO Drg. No. RDSO/S/3361-62 with latest 

amendments. 

133. Electric Point and Lock Detector with cross protection contacts as per RDSO Drg. No. SA-23331 (Adv.) with 

latest detectors slide plug to RDSO Drg. No. SA- 23386 (Adv.) latest RDSO specification IRS S: 49 with latest 

amendments. 

134. Point rodding connection for ERICSON Electric Point Machine as per RDSO Drg. No. RDSO/S 3191-92 Alt. 5 

(Latest). 

135. Lens Optical, inside step without hot strip for long-range colour light signal, 213 mm dia., and 102 mm focal 

length ‘Clear’ as per IRS specn. No. IRS-S-7/92 and IRS-S-10 latest and RDSO Drg. NO. RDSO-S-23060(Adv.) 

latest. 

136. Lens Optical, inside step without hot strip for long-range colour light signal, 213 mm dia., and 102 mm focal 

length ‘Clear’ as per IRS specn. No. IRS-S-7/92 with latest amendment and IRS-S-10 and RDSO Drg. NO.RDSO- 

S-23061/M (latest). 

137. Lenses clear inside stepped spread light 213 mm dia. x 102 mm focal length as per IRS Specn. No. IRS-S-7/92 & 

IRS-S-10(latest) and RDSO Drg. NO. S-23062 M (Adv.) latest. 



138. Lens Optical, outside step for long-range colour light signal, 140 mm dia., and 13 mm focal length ‘Red’ as per 

IRS specn. No. IRS-S-7/92 with latest amendment and IRS-S-10 and Drg. NO.RDSO-S-23063/M (Adv.) latest. 

139. Lens Optical, outside step for long-range colour light signal, 140 mm dia., 13 mm focal length ‘Yellow’ as per 

IRS-S-10 and Drg. NO.RDSO-S-23064/M (Adv.) latest. 

140. Lens Optical, outside step for long - range, colour light signal, 140 mm dia., and 13 mm focal length ‘green’ as per 

specn. No. IRS-S-7/92 (latest) and IRS-S-10 and Drg. NO.RDSO-S-23065/M (Adv.) latest. 

141. Lens Optical, outside step 92 mm dia., 16 mm focal length ‘Lunar White’ as per IRS specn. No. IRS-S-7/92 

(latest) and IRS-S-10 and Drg. NO.RDSO-S-23422 (Adv.) latest. 

142. Lens Optical inside step with moulded prism for close-up indication 127 mm dia. and 70 mm focal length ‘clear’ 

as per Specn. No. IRS-S-7/92(Latest) & IRS-S-10 and Drg. NO. S-23421 (Adv.) latest. 

143. Lens Optical inside stepped ‘clear’ 101 mm dia. as per Specn. No. IRS-S-7/92 (Latest) & IRS-S-10 and RDSO 

Drg. NO. S-2743 /M. 

144. Lamp Electric for Rly. signalling ‘Clear’ 12 volts, 33 watts, 3 pin double filament, double pole SL-21 of 

specification NO. IRS-S-57/93 with latest amendments. 

145. Lamp Electric for Rly. signalling ‘Clear’ 12 volts, 25 watts, 3 pin double filament, double pole SL-17 of 


146. Lamp Electric or Rly. signalling ‘Clear’ 110 volts, 25 watts, 3 pin single filament, double pole SL-33 of 


147. Lamp Electric triple pole for Rly. signalling ‘Clear’ 12 V, 24 watts, 3 pin double filament, SL-35 or 35-A of 


148. Lamp Electric for Rly. signalling ‘Clear’ 12 V/4 watt single filament SL-5 of specification NO. IRS-S-57/93 & 

IS. 1901 with latest amendments. 

149. Lamp Electric for Rly. signalling ‘Clear’ 12 V/4 watt single filament SL-15 of specification NO. IRS-S-57/93 & 

IS. 1901 with latest amendments. 

150. Lamp Electric 110 V 25 watt as per IRS-S-57/93 with latest amendments. 

151. Lamp Electric 12 V/1.2 watt as per IRS-S-57/93 with latest amendments. 

152. Lamp Electric 12 V/2.4 watt as per IRS-S-57/93 with latest amendments. 

153. Choke type ‘B’ having annealed enamelled copper wire, as per IRS-S-65/83 latest. 

154. Resistance adjustable 0 to 30 ohms as per Specification No. RE/S&T/ALD/Store/Specn. /12-B dated 11.2.87 and 

sketch No. RE/S&T/ALD/SK/180/81 with Alt. ‘B’. 

155. Surge discharger type ‘A’ non-restoring type as per IRS-S-52-76 with latest amendments but without hard ware 

materials i.e. Bolts, Nuts, Washers etc. and connection cables and Aluminium terminal lugs. 

156. Track feed battery charger working on 110 Volts. AC to charge 1 or 2 or 3 or 4 lead acid cells as per IRS Specn. 

No. IRS-S- 89/93 or latest. 

157. Battery charger- Dual Bank IRS: S-85/92 with latest amendments. 

158. Secondary cell-low maintenance IRS: S-88/93 (latest). 



159. Battery chargers as per IRS Specn. No. IRS-S-86/92 with latest amendments with auto charging facility. 

160. Battery charger for maintenance free valve regulated batteries as per IRS –93/96(B) with latest amendments. 

161. Voltage stabilizer Ferro Resonant type as per Specn. No. IRS-S-74/89 with latest amendments. 

162. Inverter for Railway signalling installations for ‘On Line’ applications (with Sine Wave Output) as per IRS Specn. 

No. IRS-S-82/92 (latest). 

163. Solar photovoltaic module IRS:S-84/92 (latest). 

164. D. G. Set-KVA/KW Single phase/3 phase with wall mounting type control panel, battery charging dynamo 

arrangement as per IRS Specn. No. IRS-S-69/86 with latest amendments. Diesel Engine should be 

KIRLOSKAR/RUSTON MAKE or similar and AC generator should be KIRLOSKAR/ Crompton Greaves make 

or similar. 

165. Accumulator lead acid stationary with tubular positive plates to IS-1651 latest 2V each of __AH 10 hours rate of 

discharge, complete with inter-cell connectors, Bolts & Nuts and acid level indicators (Floats) dry and uncharged. 

The cells should be subjected to life test as per procedure laid down. 

166. Secondary cells maintenance free as per IRS: S-93/96/A with latest amendments. 

167. Relay Group 3 Aspect Main Signal Plug in type with 100 terminal base plate (complete with terminal connections 

and fixing screws) consisting of 13 Nos. of DC neutral miniaturised Relays conforming to IRS Specn. No. S- 

46(latest) and complete with suitable visual indication of similar to Siemens relay group No. RS-SK-3525/46. 

168. Relay Group 2 Aspect Main Signal Plug in type with 100 terminal base plate (complete with terminal connections 

and fixing screws) and consisting of 10 Nos. of DC neutral miniaturised Relays conforming to IRS Specn. No. S- 

46 (latest) and complete with a suitable visual indications or similar to Siemens relay group No. RS/SK/3525/67. 

169. Relay Group shunt Signal Plug in type with 100 terminal base plate (complete with terminal connections and 

fixing screws) and consisting of 13 Nos. of DC neutral miniaturised Relays conforming to IRS Specn. No. S-46 

(latest) and complete with a suitable visual indications or similar to Siemens relay group No. RE/SK/3525/67. 

170. Relay Route Group Plug in type with 100 terminal base plate (complete with terminal connections and fixing 

screws) and consisting of 5 Nos. of DC neutral miniaturised Relays 3 Nos. of miniaturised interlocked relay 

conforming to IRS Specn. S-46 (latest) and complete with a suitable visual indications or similar to Siemens relay 

group No. RS/SK/31/0002. 

171. Relay Group Point Operation (AC- immunised) Plug in type with 100 terminal base plate (complete with terminal 

connections and fixing screws) and consisting of 6 Nos. of DC neutral miniaturised Relays 2 Nos. miniaturised 

interlocked relays, 1 No. DC neutral miniaturised slow to release relay with in built 10 Sec. slow to release with 

heavy duty contacts to carry 110 Volts DC conforming to IRS-Specn-S-46(latest) & one No. contactor units of 

15Amps. normal working current & complete with suitable visual indications to suit Point Operation with 110 

volts DC point machine and 60V detection super imposed circuit or similar to Siemens DRS 11 Point Group 

RS/SK/31/0001. 

172. Fail safe Electronics Time Delay Relay as per RDSO Specn. NO. IRS-S- 61 or latest to be operated on 60V 

DC/24V DC. 

173. Thermo-Flasher Relay mercury type for operation on 12V DC similar to SIEMENS type No.RSSK 30/0096. 

174. Point contactor unit as per RDSO Specn. No. IRS: S-46, S-34, S-23 (latest). 

175. Relays – ‘Q’ series neutral line as per BRS: 930 series. 



176. Relays – 3 position DC polarised as per IRS: S-31/80 (latest). 

177. Relays – neutral line M/M IRS: S-46. 

178. Insulated rod joint 32mm Butt end as per RDSO Drg. No. SA-3637/M/(Adv.) with latest amendments. 

179. Insulation for Gauge Tie Plate (BG) complete with insulating bush and washer each set comprising of 

179.1 Insulating Plate for Gauge Tie Plate BG as per RDSO Drg. No.T-10372 or latest – 1 Nos. 

179.2 Insulating bushing for insulated stretcher-bar BG as per RDSO Drg.No.T-10368 or latest–3 Nos. 

179.3 Insulating washer for insulated stretcher-bar BG as per RDSO Drg.No.T-10371 or latest–6 Nos. 

180. Insulation for altering stretcher bars (BG) each set comprising of : 

180.1 Insulating plate for altering insulated stretcher bars BG as per RDSO Drg. No. T- 10384 or latest 2 Nos. 

180.2 Insulating bushing for altering insulated stretcher bar BG as per RDSO Drg. No. T-10535 or latest – 4 Nos. 

181. Insulating for stretcher bars BG, each set comprising of: - 

181.1 Insulating Side Plate for insulated stretcher bars BG as per RDSO Drg. No. T-10367 or latest–2No. 

181.2 Insulating bushing for insulated stretcher bar BG as per RDSO Drg. No. T-10368 or latest – 4Nos. 

181.3 Insulating washer for insulated stretcher bar BG as per RDSO Drg. NO. T-10371 or latest – 8Nos. 

182. Insulated Rail Joint Nylon (Four Channel Type) 60 Kg. UIC complete as per RDSO Drg. No. SA-22171(Adv.) 

latest RDSO Specn. IRS: S-40(latest). 

183. Insulated Rail Joint Nylon (Four Channel Type) 52 Kg. complete as per RDSO Drg. No. SA-22101(Adv.) latest 

RDSO Specn. IRS: S-40 (latest). 

184. Insulated Rail Joint Nylon (Four Channel Type) 90 R complete as per RDSO Drg. No. SA-22111(Adv.) latest 

without iron and steel parts. RDSO Specn. IRS: S-40(latest). 

185. Insulated Rail Joint Nylon (Four Channel Type) 75 hour complete as per RDSO Drg. No. SA-22121.(Adv.) latest 

without iron & steel parts. Specn. IRS: S-40 (latest). 

186. Insulated Rail Joint Nylon (Four Channel Type) 60 R complete as per RDSO Drg. No.SA-22131. (Adv.) latest 

without iron and steel parts. Specification IRS: S-40 (latest). 

187. Insulated Rail Joint Nylon Fish-Plate (52Kg) as per RDSO Drg. No.S-22102. (Adv.) with latest amendments. 

188. Rail Joint Insulated backing plate (52Kg) as per RDSO Drg. No.S-28107. (Adv.) with latest amendments. 

189. Rail Joint Insulated backing plate ‘90R’ as per RDSO Drg. No.S-22117. (Adv.) with latest amendments. 

190. Rail Joint Insulated ferrule (52 Kg) as per RDSO Drg. No.S-22108. (Adv.) with latest amendments. 

191. Channel pin single Groove 7mm dia. (for 4 mm dia. Bond wire) as per RDSO Drg. No.S-69/A. (Adv.) with latest 

amendments. 

192. Bond wire clip (52 Kg + 90 R Rails) as per RDSO Drg. No.S-22167 (Adv.) with latest amendments. 



193. Wire GI Soft 4 mm (8 SWG) As per IS Specn. No.IS-280 with latest amendments. 

194. Magneto Telephone Desk Type to IRS TC-36-85 or latest. 

195. Terminal strip 8 Way/10 Way as per IRS Specification No.IRS-S-79 with latest amendments. 

196. Wire Insulator as per IRS specification No.IRS-S-47-74 (latest). 

197. Single line Axle Counter block proving system with multiplexer and block interface as per RDSO Drg. Nos. – 

197.1 32010-2A, 32010-3A, 32010-4A, 32010-5 & 32010-6 for station with axle counter. 

197.2 32010-2B, 32010-3B, 32010-4B & 32010-6 for station with out axle counter. 

198. The copy of specifications can be purchased from following sources: 

198.1 IRS specification 

198.1.1 Manager of Publications, Government of India Civil Lines, New Delhi- 110054. 

198.1.2 Government of India Book Depot 8-K.S.Roy Road, Calcutta-700001. 

198.2 RDSO Specifications & RDSO Drawings: 

198.2.1 RDSO, Manak Nagar, Lucknow. 

198.3 DOT/TEC/ITD Specification: 

198.3.1 Khurshid Lal Bhawan, Janpath New Delhi-110001. 

198.4 B.I.S. Specification: 

198.4.1 Directorate General, Indian Standards Institution, 9-Bahadur Shah Zafar Marg, New Delhi. 

198.4.2 F-Block, Unity Building Narsimharaja Square, Bangalore 560002. 

198.4.3 534- Sardar Vallabh Bhai Patel Road, Bombay. 

198.4.4 5- Chowringhee Approach, PO Principal Street, Calcutta-700072. 

198.4.5 Ahimsa Building (1st Floor) CSCO, 82-83 Sector 27-C Chandigarh 160017. 

198.4.6 5-8-56/57, L. N. Gupta Marg,Hyderabad-500001. 

198.4.7 117/418-B, Sarvodaya Nagar,Kanpur-208005. 

198.4.8 C.I.T. Campus Adayar Madras - 600020. 

198.4.9 The specifications and drawings referred but not enclosed in the tender documents may be seen in the 

office of concerned field unit on any working day. 

NOTE: 

All the specifications shall be as sper their latest version/amendement/ specification. 



LIST OF TELECOMM.SPECIFICATIONS 

1. OPTICAL FIBER CABLE 24 FIBER MONOMODE BRIGHT STEEL ARMOURED as per IRS;TC- 

55/2000 or LATEST 

2. OPICAL FIBER JOINT ENCLOSURE WITH MODIFICATION as per RDSO SPECIFICATION NO 

RDSO/SPN/TL/25/98 OR LATEST 

3. OPTIC FIBER TERMINATION BOX as per RDSO SPECIFICATION NO RDSO/SPN/TL/25/98 OR 

LATEST 

4. OPTICAL FIBER PIG TAIL WITH FC/PC CONNECTOR RDSO as per SPECIFICATION NO 


5. OPTICAL FIBER PATCH CORD WITH FC/PC CONNECTOR as per RDSO SPECIFICATION NO 


6. FIBER DISTRIBUTION FRAME as per RDSO SPECIFICATION NO RDSO/SPN/TL/25/98 OR 

LATEST 

7. STM-1 OPTICAL LINE SYSTEM AT THE OPERATING WAVE LENGTH OF 1310 NM 1550 NM 

WAVE LENGTH DOT GENERIC as per SPEC. NO .G/SDH-03/01/NOV-94 OR LATEST 

8. STM-1 SYNCHRONOUS MULTIPLEXER DOT GENERIC as per SPEC. NO .G/SDH-04/01/FEB- 

95 OR LATEST 

9. STM-1 OPTICAL LINE SYSTEM AT THE OPERATING WAVE LENGTH OF 1340NM AND 

1550NM WAVELENGTH DOT GENERIC as per SPEC NO G\SDH/01/01/SEPT;94 OR LATEST 

10. STM-1 SYNCRONOUS MULTI PLEXER DOT GENERIC as per SPEC NO G/SDH/05/01/FEB;95 

OR LATEST 

11. PRIMARY DIGITAL MULTIPLEXING EQUIPMENT ALONG WITH DIFFERENT CARDS as per 

IRS-TC-68-97 OR LATEST 

12. SMPS BASED BATTERY CHARGERS (FOR TELECOM USE) as per RDSO SPN.TL/23/99 WITH 

LATEST AMENDMENT 

13. V F TRANSFORMER OF DIFFERENT TYPE as per IRS:TC-22-76 OR LATEST 

14. GI PIPE as per IS:1239 OR LATEST 

15. HDPE PIPE as per IS:4984 OR LATEST 

16. THERMOSHRINK JOINTING KIT FOR 6 QUARD CABLE as per RDSO SPEC. 


17. OPTICAL FIBRE SPLICE PROTECTION SLEEVES as per DOT: G/PTS-01/01 APR 94 OR 

LATEST 



LIST OF DRAWINGS 

1. CABLE PIT FOR OFC JOINT as per RDSO/TCDO/COP-21 OR LATEST. 

2. CABLE JOINTING PIT FOR TELECOM CABLE JOINT as per 

CORE/S&T/ALD/SK/43/8/95 

3. TRENCH FOR LAYING ARMOURED OFC as per RDSO/TCDO/COP-6 

4. ARRANGEMENT OF RCC/GI/HDPE PIPE TRUNKING LUNDER METAL as per 

ROAD RDSO/TCDO/COP-20. 

5. TRENCHING EMBANKMENT FOR OFC as per RDSO/TCDO/COP-9. 

6. ARRANGEMENT OF OFC/6 QUAD/PIJF CABLE- RCC/GI/HDPE PIPE TRUNKING 

UNDER TRACK CROSSING as per RDSO/TCDO/COP-19 

7. ARRANGEMENT OF OFC/6 QUAD/PIJF CABLE IN GI/HDPE PIPE ON BRIDGE/ 

CULVERT as per RDSO/TCDO/COP-15&16 



ANNEXURE-Ia 

The following are the Insulation resistance test results conducted by us on___________ Core capacity cable 

laid between___________ and ___________ on date ____________ at _______________ station. 

______________________________________________________________________________ 

Core 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 E 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

Signature of the representative of 

the contractor 


the Railways Engineer 



ANNEXURE-IIa 

The following are the loop resistance test results conducted by us on _________ Core capacity cable laid 

between___________ and ___________ on date __________ 

at _______________ station. 

Core 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 . . E 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 







Method to find out the resistance of an Earth: 

ANNEXURE-IIIa 

1. Earths should be tested by means of a Wheatstone Bridge or a G.P.O. Detector or a Megger Earth 

tester. Two iron bars with terminals fixed on them and suitable length of wire should be used as 

temporary Earths. 

2. To test an Earth, iron bars should be driven about 6 mtr. from the earth to be tested and 6 mtr. from 

each other . 

3. The bars should be used as temporary Earth and driven in the ground for 1 mtr., 0.25 mtr. at a time 

then work backwards & forwards so as to leave a space for watering. Salt water should be used to 

ensure that the bars make a good connection with the Earth. Should salt be not available a week 

solution of Sal ammoniac in water may be used. 

4. The resistance in ohms between the respective earths should be tested with Wheatstone Bridge or 

G.P.O. detector or megger earth tester and Performa to be filled. 

S. 

No. 

Date 

No. of Location/Signal 

earthed 

Resistance 

Measured 

(in Ohms) 

Remarks 







Annexure-IV 

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION (FOR DRAWING) 

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR DESIGN OF RAILWAY SIGNALLING DRAWINGS 

INCLUDING CIRCUITS/WIRING DRAGRMS ETC. 

1. All the plans should be compliable with requirement of RE area and as per site requirement. 

2. The designing of circuit diagrams shall be done as per extant Northern Railway practice, SEM, General and 

subsidiary rules, the guide lines provided by RDSO and as per the latest rules prescribed by the Northern 

Railway. Wiring diagram for provision of DATA LOGGER shall be prepared on separate sheets. 

3. All drawings shall be prepared with suitable CAD system. All original drawings shall be supplied in tracing film 

as per NorthernRailway practice. All drawings shall be prepared on A 3 size or as required. Each drawing sheet 

shall have Border Line, Margin, Name Plate/Approval Column, Alteration column and drawing space as per 

latest approved practice of Northern Railway. 

4. At least 20% of available drawing space shall be kept blank at the bottom of each original sheet, above name 

plate/approval column, to accommodate future expansion. 

5. In addition to the above specifications the contractor shall follow any other standards as followed by the S&T 

deptt. of Northern Railway during preparation of drawings. 

6. All original drawings and prints shall have relay contact no./terminal no./fuse no. already incorporated. 

7. During preparation of the drawings the following shall be kept in view: 

a) Optimization in using of relays. 

b) Economization in using relay contacts. 

c) Optimization in using of cables. 

8. All original drawings shall be printed through Ink jet Plotter. 

a) No hand correction shall be allowed on the original tracing. If any connection is required on a sheet 

the original tracing of that particular sheet shall be replaced with a new one and the same shall be 

submitted for fresh approval of Railway. 

b) Railway reserves the right to add/delete/modify the requirement of drawings at any point of time. 

c) No.of check prints, as required Railway shall be submitted till final approval 

d) After the initial checking is over, subsequent drawings shall be submitted in original tracking only. 

e) In case of repeated mistakes the drawings shall be rejected and fresh drawing shall be submitted by the 

contractor for which no extra payment shall be made by Railway. 

f) In case of any modification in Engineering plan or interlocking plan the subsequent modifications in 

all drawings shall be carried out by the contractor at his own cost. 

g) The contractor shall be responsible for collection of all field data from the site of work for preparation 

of ‘As made’ drawings. 

h) Original tracings of approved drawings shall be submitted by the contractor to the Railways after 

completion of work, incorporating all the corrections. 

9. Inspection & Approval: Inspection as per schedule and approval by CSTE/Const/N.Rly. 

10. For all technical discussions with Railways regarding the work, the authorized qualified Design Engineer(s), who 

is well versed in Railway signaling system shall attend concerned Railway offices and represent the tenderer. 



ANNEXURE-V 

TECHNICAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT 

& 

SPECIFICATIONS FOR DATA LOGGER 

A 

Specification: 

Data Logger System shall be supplied after RDSO inspection from RDSO approved firm, System 

installation, testing, commissioning of data logger system shall be carried out by RDSO approved 

firm. 

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 

Data Logger. 

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 

The Data logger should be as per RDSO specification No. S-99/2001 with latest amendments with 

built in internal modem for net working and power supply.The equipment should be inspected by 

RDSO authorities before effecting supply of the data loggers. The equipment should have at least six 

communication ports for connecting various equipments. 

Front end processor. 

The front end processor should be a PC based system (PC not included in the schedule) as per RDSO 

specification No. S-99/2001 with latest amendments. The front end processor shall retrieve the data 

from all the data loggers in the section on 4 wire OMNI BUS channel. The front end processor will 

be connected to the data logger analyzer/failure analysis system. Power supply with maintenance 

battery of 40 AH 12 V and charger of 10A capacity to be supplied along with FEP. 

Failure analysis system/Data logger analyzer. 

MNC Brand 

Make –Compaq and IBM. 

Processor 

Intel core 2 duo E 8500 or higher. 

Memory 

4 GB RAM or higher 

FDD 

1.44 MB 

HDD 

320 GB or higher SATA Drive with 7200 RPM speed or higher 

Monitor 

17” colour digital monitor (LCD). 

Slot 

Min. 3 PCI, 1 ISA 

Ports 

2 serial USB 2 serial port, 1 parallel port, 1 dedicated mouse port. 

DVD 

SATA super multi light scribe DVD write drive. 

Key board 104 keys . 

Mouse 

1 No optical mouse ( wireless/separate) 

Ethernet card 10/100 Mbps. 

Software supply Preloaded Win V/Vista with license copy, Norton Antivirus licensed, 

MS Office 07 licensed copy CD. 

ADDITIONAL 

Ethernet card 10/100 mbps for modes 52 x CD ROM drive similar to creative external speaker with 

amplifier. 



External CD writer with ink jet printer (Office Jet HP J-6488 or similar). 

1 No. of “L” shaped computer cum printer table with lower storage, stabilizer storage sheld, key 

board pull out printer stationary shelf print out collection try. 

1 No. computer chair revolving type with cushion back and seat without arms low back. 

1 No. of uninterrupted power supply 750 VA 

SOFTWARE FOR DATA LOGGERS AND NET WORKING. 

The individual Data loggers at various locations shall be provided with their own FAS as well as will 

be interconnected through net working technology. The software should enable viewing of data as per 

RDSO specification.. 

The data from the various data loggers as to be brought to a central location through modems and 

Quad cable/optic fibre. The data which will be available in front end processor (FEP) should be 

dumped to the data logger analyzer. All data will normally be stored in the data logger analyzer and 

it should be possible to dump one month old data to a storage device. It should be possible to access 

the data in the Data logger analyzer through rail net by loading necessary application software in 

client PC. 

The following application should be developed to run on the available data base. The data base will 

be available RDMBS of ORACLE. 

1. One line simulation: By depicting the yard layouts it should be possible to see a real time 

movement of the trains, along with the real time depiction of position of signals, points, track 

circuits and any other slots. 

2. Off time simulations: Simulation of the earlier train movement by retaining the data from the 

data base. It should be possible to slow down or speed up the simulations. 

3. Analysis of data by building logics For 

(a) Failure/incidence reports category wise. 

(b) Assets management consisting of listing of failures and for predictive maintenance etc. 

4. The formal of the RDBMS, source code and the software of data logger should be supplied in 

a compact disc. 

The format of the various, software should be clearly explained to the engineer in charge and at least 

2 staff should be trained for undertaking any modification required in future. 

B. INSTALLATION 

1 230 V+-10% single phase AC power point 15 Amp. shall be provided by the Railway. The 

location of all equipments shall be jointly decided by the Officer in Charge of the work. 

2 Potential free contacts for data logger shall be provided on terminal strip/tag block by the 

Railways. Necessary wiring from the terminal strip/tag block to the data logger equipment 

shall be done by the contractor through approved cables. 

3 Data logger shall be installed in the relay room/ data logger room on a suitable platform / 

rack. The design details of installation shall be submitted to DY CSTE/C for approval before 

installation. The Failure Analysis System shall be installed in the relay room/ data logger 

room along with printer. Necessary computer table with chair for this shall be supplied by the 

contractor. 



4 The battery shall be kept on a wooden stand 1” height in the power equipment room / battery 

room. 

Necessary wiring from power equipment/Battery to Data logger shall be done by the 

contractor through approved cables. 

5 FEP shall be installed at Control room in Lucknow. 

C. INSPECTION 

All the material shall be inspected by RDSO 

D 

DOCUMENTATION 

3 Copies each for following documents shall be supplied by the firm. 

1. Operational manual detailing hardware and software manual for. 

a. Data logger. 

b. FAS 

c. FEP 

2. Technical manual, detailing the installation maintenance & reconfiguration details, 

debugging. 

3. Software details flowcharts and procedure for reconfiguration. 

The contractor shall submit complete wiring diagram component details and PCB layout 

along with the equipments except for the PC. 

SCOPE OF WORK 

Upgradation & modificationof existing systems to suit the modified layout after execution of 

signalling & Engg. work . The Upgradation & modification as per detailed specification of 

data logger (enclosure-V) and wiring diagram 

All material for Upgradation and modification and its final commissioning shall be supplied 

by the contractor. 



ANNEXURE-VI 

Specification for water/air cooled Diesel Engine Driven alternating current generating sets. 

1. SCOPE 

This specification covers design, manufactures and supply of Diesel engine driven A.C.generating 

set. The generating set shall be complete with accessories, auxiliariating and control panel etc. 

The specification covers DG set with control panel of AMF type and non AMF type. Unless 

otherwise specifically mentioned DG sets with control panel of AMF type are to be supplied. 

Any equipment not specifically mentioned herein but essential for completeness of the equipment 

may also be supplied. The DG sets offered by the tenderer shall be with approved equipment to 

ensure reliable and satisfactory performance. The DG sets shall be equipped with diesel engine 

and alternator of approved makes only as given in appendix ‘D’. 

2. SITE CONDITIONS. 

The set shall be working as single unit for catering to mixed load comprising electrical power and 

for charging battery, average power factor of load being 0.8 lagging. The set should be suitable 

for operation at the following site conditions: 

Height above mean sea level = As per sch. of requirement 

Maximum ambient temperature = -do- 

Relative humidity = 60% 

3. Rated Power Out Put. 

3.1 The Diesel Generating set shall be capable of delivering continuously ( on 24 hours basis) power 

output at 1500 rpm at site conditions specified under clause 2 of this specifications and the engine 

shall conform to IS:10000/B.S.:5514. 

3.2 The output available from Diesel engine under site condition should be specified. 

3.3 The diesel engine shall be capable of working on 10% over load for one hour in any 12 hours 

running. 

4.0 OIL ENGINE: 

The diesel engine shall be cold starting, vertical direct injection 2/4 stroke cycle, water cooled 

(Through Heat exchanger/radiator) electric battery start, directly coupled to the alternator on a 

combination base plate through a flexible coupling. 

4.1 A suitable extension pipe shall be used with exhaust air chest so that the silencer can be mounted. 

4.2 A fuel tank for holding the fuel oil with a capacity corresponding to 12 hrs. consumption of the 

DG set shall be provided. The fuel piping (10 mts.long) shall be designed as to be free from 

leakage and air locks. The fuel tank shall be supplied with a level gauge to indicate the oil level 

in the tank. 

4.3 The engine shall be required to operate on diesel fuel oil grade ‘A’ to IS:1460. 

4.4 Governor-The engine shall be supplied with a governor to maintain the engine speed at varying 

loads within + 3% of the rated speed. 



4.5 The engine shall be complete with standard accessories and protective devices including the 

following:- 

i) Heavy duty air cleaner. 

i) Radiator/Heat exchanger and cooling tower. 

ii) Fan for radiator (in case of radiator). 

iii) Lubricating oil filters. 

iv) Fuel oil filters. 

v) Fuel injection equipment with governor to control the engine speed upto + 3% under 

varying load. 

vi) Engine speed control unit, (Manually operated). 

vii) Sump. 

viii) 

ix) 

Thermostat. 

Safety control against low lub. Oil pressure, high cooling water temperature and engine 

over speed. 

x) Fly wheel to suit flexible coupling. 

xi) Exhaust silencer. 

xii) Lub.oil cooler and water pump. 

xiii) Fuel tank (12 hours full load working capacity with 10 meters long fuel piping). 

xiv) Corrosion Resister. 

xv) Self starter for electric start system with charged battery of adequate capacity(12V for non 

AMF and 24V for AMF set, Battery leads, Battery stand etc. 

xvi) Engine control panel comprising of:- 

a) Oil pressure gauge. 

b) Water temperature gauge. 

c) Ammeter. 

d) Hour meter with RPM indicator. 

e) Push buttons for starter/key switch starter. 

f) Pilot lamp. 

xvii) 

xviii) 

xix) 

Battery charging dynamo (in case of non AMF panel). 

Tool kit complete (as supplied by engine and alternator manufacturers). 

One set of foundation bolts with nuts. 

5. ALTERNATOR. 

The alternator shall be self exciting brush less, copper wound self regulating with screen protected 

enclosure suitable for feeding 415V 3 PH 50Hz A.C. system with neutral point brought out. The 

alternator shall confirm to S-5000/IS:4722 and winding shall conform to class ‘B’ . Voltage 

regulation shall be + 5% of the rated voltage under varying load. 

6A. CONTROL PANEL (For non AMF types set) 

The control cubicle shall be floor mounted type of fabricated construction made of sheet steel, 

provided with removable side panels and hinged front panel for easy accessibility. 

Following instrumentation and protective device shall be incorporated on the panel:- 

1. Controlling ckt. breaker shall be as under: 

i) Upto 30 KVA switch fuse unit with HRC fuses. 

ii) Above 30 KVA & up to 70KVA MCCB of suitable rating with O/C and S/C protection. 

iii) Above 70 KVA manually operated ACB of suitable rating with O/C & S/C protection. 



2. AC volt meter range 0-300 with selector switch-One. 

3. AC Ammeter with set of current transformers with suitable ratio with selector switch-One no. 

4. Frequency meter-One no. 

5. Indication lamp ‘Set Running” 

6. Indication lamp ‘Set on load’. 

7. 3 phase 4 wire unbalanced KW hr. meter of suitable capacity one no. 

8. Kilowatt meter-One no. 

9. Instrument fuses. 

10. Speed adjuster for governor(Electrically operated). 

11. Earth fault relay. It shall out off the field supply of the alternator in case of internal Earth Fault 

(The cost of control panel shall be quoted separately). 

6B. AUTOMATIC ON MAIN FAILURE CONTROL PANEL(AMF PANEL) 

1. GENERAL. 

1.1 Auto main failure unit shall be capable of starting the Diesel Generating set in the event of main 

power supply failure or low below the specified value and change over the load from the main 

supply to DG set. 

1.2 The DG set shall start automatically within 10 seconds of the main supply failure and on 

restoration of main supply shall stop with in 3 minutes after making the change over from DG set 

supply to main supply. 

2. CONSTRUCTIONAL FEATURES: 

2.1 The AMF panel shall be totally enclosed made of mild steel of at least 14 SWG thick sheet, free 

standing floor mounted type and totally enclosed type. The cubical shall be painted with one coat 

of Red oxide primer and two coats of spray finish super enamel paint. Wiring circuit diagram of 

the AMF panel should be affixed inside the cubical so that when front-hinged panel is removed it 

is clearly visible. All the switchgears, control devices, push buttons, indication lamps should be 

clearly labeled to indicate their no emetauer operation. The wiring connection in the control panel 

shall be ferruled. 

3. PROTECTION AND CONTROL EQUIPMENTS: 

3.1 The following control devices and equipments shall be suitably housed in the cubicle 

a) Suitably sealed flush mounted type AC Voltmeter-One No. 

b) Selector switch for voltmeter for OFF/RB/BY/YR reading and with provision for selection of DG 

Set voltage measurement as the case may be-One No. 

c) Suitably sealed flush mounted AC ammeter scaled with current transformer of suitable ratio-One 

No. 

d) Selector switch for ammeter for OFF/R/B/Y reading-One No. 

e) Frequency meter grid type-One No. 

f) Mode selector switch for OFF/Auto/Manual/Test-One Set. 

g) Push button for start/stop/acknowledge/Reset-One Set. 

h) A set of indication lamps for the following purpose-One Set. 

1. Load on mains. 

2. Load on DG set. 

3. DG set fails to start. 

4. Low lube-oil pressure. 

5. High coolant temperature. 



i) Battery charger consisting of: 

1. Transformer 

2. Rectifier 

3. DC Voltmeter 

4. DC ammeter 

5. Charging rate selector switch for trickle/Boost charging 

6. Pilot lamp to indicate that charger is working. 

7. On/Off switch. 

j) Main Supply / air brake contactor, 3 pole of suitable rating and provided with separate HRC fused 

for short circuit protection-One No. 

k) Alternator (DG Set) air break contactor 3 Pole suitable rating and provided with separate over 

load relay for over load protection and HRC fuses for short circuit protection-One No. 

l) Main supply voltage monitor-One No. 

m) DC Control relays & timer for start/stop/three attempt starting facilities and failure to start and 

lock. 

n) Audio-Alarm Hooter in case of low lube-oil pressure high coolant temperatures, DG Set fails to 

start-One Set. 

o) Earth fault relays to cut off the field supply of the alternator-One NO. 

p) Bus bar of suitable rating. 

4. SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS: 

i) Cost of AMF panel shall be quoted separately. 

ii) The tenderer will be required to submit the detailed drawing/circuit diagram of AMF panel 

indicating therein the size of the cubical for approval of consignee of N.Rly. 

iii) The tenderer is required to indicate make/rating of the following items used for the construction 

of the AMF panel. 

S no. Item Make 

I) Main supply air break contactor. 

ii) Alternator air break contactor. 

iii) HRC fuses used with the above contactor. 

iv) Battery charger. 

v) Main supply voltage monitor. 

Vi a) Size of the Bus bar. 

b) Material of the bus bar. 

5. ARRANGEMENT: 

i) The engine shall be directly coupled to the alternator through flexible coupling and both the units 

including the radiator/Heat exchanger shall be mounted on a rigid fabricated bed plate. 

ii) The silencer with the required accessories will be provided and installed along with. 

iii) Elongated exhaust pipe of suitable dia (A-class MS pipe of thickness 18 SWG) capable of discharging 

exhaust fumes outside D.G. room will be provided. This will include covering of pipe 

with asbestos rope of 15mm dia duly covered with high class heat resistant material to give a 

smooth finish. 

6 The plant/Equipments shall conform to the following: 

a) Indian Electricity Act 1910 & Indian Electricity Rules made therein. 

b) BS: 5514/IS:10000 I.C. Engine. 

c) BS: 2613/IS:4722 Electrical performance of rotating Electrical. 

d) IS: 1271-classification of insulating materials. 

e) IS:722-K.Hr. meter/K.H meter(accuracy class-1.0) 

f) IS:2516-Circuit breaker. 



g) IS:1248-Ammeter, voltmeter,(accuracy class-1.5) 

7. TESTS. 

The generating sets shall be tested at the makers works by RITES or agency specified for:- 

a) Guaranteed fuel consumption. 

b) Over load capacity. 

c) Proper operating of protective devices provided for safety of the generating set. 

8. INSTRUCTIONS MANUALS AND CATALOGUES. 

Triplicate copies of operator’s guide, manuals, maintenance schedules, repair/overhaul 

instructions for the complete equipment shall be supplied by the supplier. 

9. FOUNDATIONS. 

The triplicate copies of foundation drawings, instructions shall be supplied by the suppliers. 

10. GUARANTEE. 

The equipment shall be guaranteed for a period of 12 months from the date of commencement in 

service. 

11. SCHEDULE OF TECHNICAL PARTICULARS. 

Schedule of technical particulars ( Appendix ‘A, ‘B’&‘C’) shall be filled in by the tenderers and 

submitted alongwith tender. No tender shall be considered complete unless the appendices 

referred to are filled and submitted alongwith tender. 

12. DEVIATION: 

Deviation from any of the clauses of this specification shall be clearly pointed out at the tender 

stage. Clause not so commented upon will be treated as having met with the approval of the 

tenderers, therefore, binding on him. 

13. TESTING & COMMISSIONING 

The D.G. sets will AMF panels shall be commissioned on specific load at continuous rating as per 

NR spec. 87-Elect.11/94 and to the satisfaction of Engineer at site. Diesel and Mobile oil shall be 

supplied by the contractor for successful commissioning of the D.G.set. 



Annexure-VI a 

OIL ENGINE. 

(To be filled in by tenderers, as far as applicable to the supply offered and submitted with tender 

separately for both 40 / 10 KVA DG). 

Item Description Particulars(to be filled 

in by the tender) 

1. Maker’s name: 

2. Type 

3. Guaranteed rated output at 

site (continuous running 

for 24 hrs.condition B.H.P. 

4. Guaranteed consumption 

of fuel oil. 

a) At full rated output 

Ltr./BHPH at normal 

temperature and pressure. 

b) At ¾ rated output at 

normal temperature and 

pressure. Ltr./BHPH. 

c) At ½ rated output at 

normal temperature and 

pressure. Ltr./BHPH 

B.a) At full load of 

alternator at site – 

Ltr/KWH 

b) At ¾ load of alternator 

at site. – Ltr/KWH 

c) At ½ load of alternator 

at site- Ltr/KWH. 

Remark 



Annexure-VI b 

To be filled separately for 10 / 40 KVA DG 

ALTERNATOR. 

Item no. Descrption Particulars. Remarks. 

1. Type and make. 

2. Normal continuous output 

(100% in KVA) 

3. Normal continuous output 

(100% in KVA) at 0.8 PF at – 

Volts. 

4. Normal speed. 

5. Number of phases. 

6. Normal voltage. 

7. Efficiency of the alternators 

at 0.8 PF 

a) At full load - % 

b) At 25% over load- % 

c) At half load.- % 



Annexure-VI c 

. 

ALTERNATOR AND EXCITER PANEL 

. 

To be filled separately for 10/ 40 KVA DG 

1. Type of circuit breaker. 

2. Voltage. 

3. Normal current rating. 

4. Three phase breaking capacity in MVA at______volts. 

5. Current transformer ratios(if any) 

6. Burden of current transformer in volt amperes. 

7. Accuracy class of current transformers. 

8. Particulars of ammeter in alternator panel. 

9. Particulars of voltmeter in alternator panel. 

10. Particulars of ‘overload release’ and No volt release. 

11. Particulars of Earth fault relay. 

12. Overall distance required for removal of ACB. 

13. Operating mechanism. 

14. Particulars of K.W.Hour meter in alternator panel. 

15. Details of terminals provided in alternator panel. 



Annexure-VI d 

To be filled separately for 10/ 40 KVA DG 

Sno. Description Make 

1 Makes of Diesel Engine. Kirloskar 

2 Makes of Alternators. Kirloskar. 

3 Protective Relays / Contractors CEC/Alsthom, L&T, BCH, JSL, minilec, ABB, 

Siemens 

4 Measuring Instruments AE, Havel, Meco, Motwani, L&T, National 

6 Indication Lamp Cutler Hammer 

7 KWH Meter Jaipur Metals, Andhra Pradesh Elect. Equip. 

Corpn. India Meter Ltd. Maderas, Das Hitachi, 

BHEL Bangalore 

8 Current Transformer AE, GEC 

9 MCB L&T, EE, MDS 

10 ACB L&T, EE 

11 Timer GIC, MDS Legend, Havels 

12 Back up fuses L&T, EE 

13 Batteries EXIDE, STANDARD, AMCO 

14 Ammeter/Voltmeter AE, RUTTONSHAH 



ANNEXURE-VII 

Technical specifications of Fuse Failure Alarm System for monitoring health of various type of 

fuses with automatic changeover facility along with audio and visual indication : 

SCOPE 

This specification lays down the requirements and tests of Fuse Failure Alarm Systems with automatic 

changeover facility along with audio and visual indication suitable signaling installations of Railways. 

The changeover facility covered in this specification should be suitable for changing over to spare fuse 

automatically when main fuse is blown off without affecting the functioning of signaling circuits. At 

every change over audio/visual indication should appear. 

The system covered under this specification should work on 60V to 140V AC/DC. Working Power 

Supply should be of SMPS Type. 

Each module of Fuse Alarm System should be suitable for monitoring 16 nos.’G’ type fuses or any other type 

of fuses of various capacities and should be suitable to fit in the existing relay rack. 

1.5 The system voltage of the fuse can be either 12V, 24V, 60V DC or 110V AC etc. Each CARD of Fuse 

Alarm System shall be suitable for monitoring fuses of only one source of supply. Different 

cards of same module can be used for different sources of supply so that one module can be used for 

different type of supplies. 

1.6 Optocoupler must be used in input circuit for every Fuse for isolation. 

CONSTRUCTION : 

Maximum outline dimensions of each module for 16 nos. of fuses should be 120mm X 500mm X 

155mm(+_5mm). Each module should be suitable to accommodate 16 nos. of fuse fail 

circuits having 04 Nos. cards. LED indication for indicating fuse blown off should be mounted 

on PCB. 

The equipment shall be of natural air-cooled type and shall be suitable for use in the signaling cabins 

/ inside location boxes where the maximum ambient temperature may reach 55º C. 

The equipment shall be of robust construction. They shall be housed in cubicles made of cold rolled 

cold annealed mild steel sheet of thickness not less than 1 mm. 

The equipment cubicles shall be treated with zinc chromate primer followed by electrostatic epoxy 

powder coating paint finish. Passivation shall be done through seven stage process. Small 

metal parts such as nuts, bolts and washers shall be plated. All other metal parts of the Fuse 

Alarm System shall be plated for protection against corrosion. 

The layout of the components and wiring shall be such that all parts are easily accessible for 

inspection, repairs and replacement. 

2.6 The cables and wires used shall be neatly secured in position by bunching & strapping. Aluminum 

wires shall not be used. The gauge of wiring shall be such that the current density should not exceed 3 

Amps/mm². The colour scheme used for wiring shall conform to normal conventions and shall be 

shown in the Instruction manual. 

2.7 The following components shall be provided on the Panel housing fuse alarm system. 



1. Power ON Indication. 

2. Buzzer Acknowledge push button. 

3. ‘Test’ push button. 

4. Common Flashing ‘LED’ Indication 

5. ‘LED’ Indications. 

6. Buzzer. 

3. COMPONENTS 

3.1 Printed circuit Cards and Electronic Components : 

3.1.1 The temperature rise above ambient shall not exceed 50º C or 20º C less than the specified by the 

manufactures whichever is less of any semiconductor component used in circuit. 

3.1.2 Glass epoxy, copper clad laminates shall only be used for printed circuit control cards. The thickness 

of laminates shall not be less than 1.6 mm and the thickness of the copper foil shall not be less than 

35 microns (corresponding to a weight of 305 grams per square meter). 

3.1.3 Solid state, Industrial grade components shall only be employed for mounting on the printed circuit 

cards. Plug in connectors shall be of good quality like Euro/CPU type with plated contacts. 

3.1.4 The printed circuit cards shall be specifically designed to suit the circuitry used and no extra wires shall 

be used for interconnection of components on the PC cards. Soldering of components shall be neatly 

done. 

3.1.5 After mounting and soldering of all the components & testing, the printed circuit cards shall be coated 

with transparent epoxy paint to provide environmental protection. 

3.2 Switches & Terminals : 

3.2.1 All wiring from Relay racks to Fuse Alarm System cabinet must be terminated on connectors 

soldered on motherboard PCB mounted inside rear of rack with descriptions. 

3.2.2 All current carrying terminals shall be of brass and shall be plated for protection against corrosion. 

4 Performance Requirement 

4.1 The system design shall be such that it should be only supervisory / monitoring circuit. Failure of any 

component should not interrupt the supply to load by any means. For monitoring the fuses, wires shall 

be taken from respective fuses. The design shall be such to operate the system with N + 2 wires. In 

each set Green LED shall glow for healthy Main fuse & healthy Standby fuse. Similarly Red LED shall 

indicate failure of Main fuse & Standby fuse. 

4.2 On the failure of main fuse a spare fuse should come in circuit automatically before dropping of 

signaling relay. A facility should be provided such that for each failure of fuse separate potential 

free signal can be extended to data logger. Further wiring to data logger will be done by 

Rajlway. 

4.3 The power supply module should be separately housed with proper ventilation. 

4.4 On the failure of main fuse, suitable LED indication should glow and buzzer should give audio 

alarm. 

4.5 The alarms shall be provided with resetting button for cutting off the alarm. 

4.6 The LED should light up till the fault persists and audible alarm shall only be reset. The visual 

indication should disappear when the fuse is replaced and TEST button is pressed. However, if 



another fuse blown off after resetting / muting the buzzer, the audible buzzer should come again along 

with the visible indication. 

4.7 The audible alarm should be given by buzzzer having dual tone. 

4.8 Any relays if used in the circuit shall be of OEN or PLA make only. 

4.9 The nominal system voltage of the fuse circuit will be specified by the Railways. 

4.10 Two set of potential free contacts shall be provided on rear side for taking remote indication / alarm. 

5 Marking : 

5.1 All markings / indications shall be placed in the vicinity of the components to which they refer and shall 

not be placed on removable parts. 

5.2 The A.C.line terminal shall be indicated by the letter ‘L’ and the neutral terminal by the letter ‘N’. 

Supply voltage has to be indicated nearby the same. 

6 Instruction Manual 

The Manual shall be provided with every equipment. It should clearly illustrate installation, 

connection and operating procedures. 

7 Test and Requirements 

7.1 Conditions of Tests: Unless otherwise specified all tests shall be carried out at ambient atmospheric 

condition. 

7.2 For inspection of material relevant clauses of this specification shall also apply. 

7.3 Acceptance Test 

a. Visual Inspection. 

b. Performance test. 

7.4 Routine Test 

a. Visual Inspection. 

b. Performance test 

7.5 Visual Inspection 

The Fuse Alarm System shall be visually inspected to ensure compliance with the relevant 

requirements specification of Railways. 

7.6 Performance Test 

Following test checks are to be conducted on each module of Fuse Alarm 

System to evaluate its performance. 

7.7 When one main fuse blows / unscrewed, then buzzer should come along with main fuse failure 

indication. 

8. Packing and labeling : 

8.1 Units shall be packed in suitable boxes / crates, strong enough, with additional packing to prevent 

damage or loss to the unit during transit. Loose space inside the box/crate shall be filled up with 

suitable packing material. 



ANNEXURE-VIII 

TENDER CONDITIONS FOR SUPPLY OF CEMENT BY CONTRACTOR. 

1.0 Supply for cement by contractor at the rate for relevant NS item will be governed by the following conditions. 

1.1 Cement for use in the works shall be procured by the contractor from the main producers or their authorized 

dealers only. 

1.2 Cement older than 3 months from the date of manufacture as marked on the bags shall not be accepted. Cement 

bags preferably in paper bag packing should bear the following markings: 

i) Manufacturer’s name. 

ii) Regd. Trade mark of manufacturer if any. 

iii) Type of cement. 

iv) Weight of each bag in kgs. Or no. of bags/tonne. 

v) Date of manufacture generally marked as week of the year/year of manufacturers. 

1.3 Quality test certificate for cement as per IS:4031 shall be furnished by the contractor at his own cost from the 

manufacturer before use of cement supplied. 

1.4 Railway may also take samples during the course of execution of works and get the cement tested to ascertain its 

conformity to the relevant IS specifications at contractor’s cost before a particulars lot is put to use. Frequency 

of testing shall be as prescribed by the relevant IS code. Following test inter alia shall be carried out: 

i) Fineness. 

ii) Compressive strength. 

iii) Initial and final setting time. 

iv) Consistency. 

v) Soundness. 

1.5 In case samples tested do not pass the quality tests conducted, the entire batch of cement supplied shall be 

rejected and returned to the contractor. 

1.6 For storage of cement, the contractor shall have to construct a temporary godown of adequate capacity at his own 

cost. The contractor shall bring the cement to the site of work only on written instructions from Gazetted officer 

incharge of work. It will be obligatory on the part of the contractor to get every consignment/truck of cement 

weighed in the presence of inspector incharge or his representative and supply an original copy of weight slip 

alongwith consignment. The inspector incharge will verify the quantity of cement brought to the site of work 

and return one verified weight slip to the contractor after the same is stacked inside the cement godown under the 

supervision. 

1.6.1 The record of cement brought to the site of work daily consumption, daily opening balance and closing balance 

shall be maintained at site jointly by the inspector; incharge of work and contractor or his authorized 

representative. For this purpose 2 sets of registers duly reconciled and signed by the contractor and the inspector 

incharge of work certifying the opening balance, consumption, closing balance should be maintained. One 

register each shall be kept in the custody of inspector incharge of work and contractor or his representative. 

1.6.2 The contractor shall be the custodian of cement godown and shall keep the godown under his lock and key to 

ensure safe custody of cement. The contractor shall ensure that the cement once brought to the site and 

accounted for shall be used at the site only and shall not be taken away from site for any other purpose. 

1.6.3 The contractor shall make the cement godown available for inspection alongwith connected record to the site 

Engineer or his representative as and when required. 

1.6.4 Land for constructing the temporary godown shall be handed over by the Railway on the written request of the 

contractor free of any rent. 

1.6.5 The contractor shall ensure that after completion of the work and/or determination of the contract for any reason 

whatsoever, the temporary cement godown shall be dismantled and all dismantled material/debries shall be 

removed and the clear site shall be handed over back to Railway. All the released material shall be the property 

of the contractor and no payment shall be made by the Railway for dismantling etc. The final bill and earnest 

money/Security deposit shall not be released unless the godown is dismantled and the site is cleared in all 

respects. 



1.7 Tolerance requirements for the mass of cement: 

i) Cement supplied at one time will be taken as forming one batch. The number of bags taken for sample 

from each batch shall be as under:- 

Batch Size Sample size 

100 to 150 20 

151 to 280 32 

281 to 500 50 

501 to 1200 80 

1201 to 3200 125 

3201 and above. 200 

The bags in sample shall be selected at random. 

ii) The number of bags in sample showing a minus error greater than 2 per cent of the specified net mass 

(50 kgs.) shall not be more than 5% of the bags in the sample. Also the minus error in none of such 

bags in the sample shall exceed 4 percent of the specified net mass of cement in the bag. In case the 

minor error exceeds the percentage herein specified, the entire batch of cement samples shall be 

rejected. 

iii) In case of a wagon/truck load of 10 to 25 tonnes, the overall tolerance on net mass of cement shall be 0 

to 40.5 percent. Any batch of cement not conforming to above tolerance will be rejected. 

1.8 The consumption of cement on works shall be assessed on the basis of CEMENT CONSTANTS per unit 

quantity for various items of works as per N.R1 SOR-87 of cement contents per unit quantity ;as per Design in 

case of Designed Mix of cement concrete of specified strength. In case of designed mix of concrete of specified 

distrength where the cement is to be used by weight where specially ordered in the N.S. item rate or tender 

conditions a variation of 11%(Max.) will be allowed in the consumption of cement on works. 

1.9 Stacking of cement in the godown shall be done on a layer of wooden sleepers so as to avoid contract of cement 

bags with the floor or alternatively scrap GI sheet may also be used in place of sleepers but these must be placed 

atleast 20cm above the floor. The bags shall be stacked atleast 30cm clear of the walls to prevent deterioration. 

The wooden sleeprs/scrap GI sheets shall be arranged by the contractor at his own cost. Cement shall be stored 

in such a manner as to permit easy access for proper inspection. Cement should be stacked not more than ten 

layers high to prevent bursting of bags in the bottom layer and formation of clods the stacks of cement bags shall 

be covered with tarpaulins during monsoons so as to obviate the possibility of deteriorating of cement by 

moisture in the atmosphere. Cement which is set or partially set is on no account to be used. 

1.10 The cement brought to the site Godown in excess of the requirement calculated based on the cement factors shall 

be taken back by the contractor on completion of the work after written approval from AESTE/ESTE on proper 

documents. 

1.11 Payment as per relevant NS items will be made on the basis of quantity of cement actually consumed and the 

quantity calculated as per cement factors for various items, whichever is less subject to recovery as per clause 

1.12 below:- 

1.12 Cement actually consumed on works shall normally match the quantity calculated as per cement factors for 

various items. If it is discovered that the cement actually consumed at site is less than the quantity as certained 

taking into consideration the cement factors for various items by more than 1% the cost the cement not so used 

(i.e. difference between the quantity of cement calculated as per cement factors and cement actually consumed) 

shall be recovered at double the quoted rate from the contractor. 

Empty cement bags will be the property of contractor. 



Drawings Applicable in the Tender

GOVT.OF INDIA {BHARAT SARKAR} - Northern Railway - Indian ...

Create successful ePaper yourself

Delete template?

Save as template?